Dell Powerconnect 5324 Quick Reference Guide CLI

2014-11-13

: Dell Dell-Powerconnect-5324-Quick-Reference-Guide-114414 dell-powerconnect-5324-quick-reference-guide-114414 dell pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 388 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Dell™ PowerConnect™ 5324 Systems
CLI Reference Guide
Notes, Notices, and Cautions
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer.
NOTICE: A NOTICE indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to
avoid the problem.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.
____________________
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
© 2006 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell, the DELL logo, and PowerConnect are trademarks of Dell Inc.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or
their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own.
Aug 2006 Rev. A01
3
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
Contents
1 Command Groups
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Command Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
AAA Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Address Table Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Clock Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Configuration and Image Files Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Ethernet Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
GVRP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
IGMP Snooping Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
IP Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
LACP Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Line Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
LLDP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Management ACL Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
PHY Diagnostics Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Port Channel Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Port Monitor Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
QoS Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Radius Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
RMON Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
SNMP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Spanning Tree Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
SSH Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Syslog Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
System Management Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
TACACS Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
User Interface Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
VLAN Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Web Server Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
802.1x Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2 Command Modes
GC (Global Configuration) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
IC (Interface Configuration) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
LC (Line Configuration) Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
MA (Management Access-level) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
PE (Privileged User EXEC) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
SP (SSH Public Key) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
UE (User EXEC) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
VC (VLAN Configuration) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3 Using the CLI
CLI Command Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Starting the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Editing Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4 AAA Commands
aaa authentication login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
aaa authentication enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
5
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
login authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
enable authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
ip http authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
ip https authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
show authentication methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
enable password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
username . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
show users accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
5 Address Table Commands
bridge address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
bridge multicast filtering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
bridge multicast address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
bridge multicast forbidden address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
bridge multicast forward-all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
bridge multicast forbidden forward-all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
bridge aging-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
clear bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
port security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
port security routed secure-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
show bridge address-table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
show bridge address-table static. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
show bridge address-table count. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
show bridge multicast address-table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
show bridge multicast filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
show ports security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
6 Clock
clock set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
clock source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
clock timezone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
clock summer-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
sntp authentication-key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
sntp authenticate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
sntp trusted-key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
sntp client poll timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
sntp broadcast client enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
sntp anycast client enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
sntp client enable (interface). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
sntp unicast client enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
sntp unicast client poll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
sntp server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
show clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
show sntp configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
show sntp status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7 Configuration and Image Files
delete startup-config. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
boot system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
show running-config. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
show startup-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
show backup-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
show bootvar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
7
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
8 Ethernet Configuration Commands
interface ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
interface range ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
negotiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
flowcontrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
mdix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
back-pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
port jumbo-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
clear counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
set interface active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
show interfaces configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
show interfaces status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
show interfaces description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
show interfaces counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
show ports jumbo-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
port storm-control include-multicast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
port storm-control broadcast enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
port storm-control broadcast rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
show ports storm-control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
9 GVRP Commands
gvrp enable (global) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
gvrp enable (interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
8
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
garp timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
gvrp registration-forbid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
clear gvrp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
show gvrp configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
show gvrp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
show gvrp error-statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
10 IGMP Snooping Commands
ip igmp snooping (Global) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
ip igmp snooping (Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
ip igmp snooping mrouter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
ip igmp snooping host-time-out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
ip igmp snooping leave-time-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
show ip igmp snooping mrouter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
show ip igmp snooping interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
show ip igmp snooping groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
11 IP Addressing Commands
clear host dhcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
ip address dhcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
ip default-gateway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
show ip interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
arp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
arp timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
9
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
clear arp-cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
show arp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
ip domain-lookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
ip domain-name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
ip name-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
ip host. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
clear host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
show hosts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
12 LACP Commands
lacp system-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
lacp port-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
lacp timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
show lacp ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
show lacp port-channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
13 Line Commands
line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
autobaud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
exec-timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
show line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
terminal history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
terminal history size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
14 LLDP Commands
lldp enable (global) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
10
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
lldp enable (interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lldp timer 180
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lldp reinit-delay 181
lldp tx-delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
lldp optional-tlv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
lldp management-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
clear lldp rx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
show lldp configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
show lldp local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
show lldp neighbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
15 Management ACL
management access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
permit (management) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
deny (management) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
management access-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
show management access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
show management access-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
16 PHY Diagnostics Commands
test copper-port tdr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
show copper-ports tdr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
show copper-ports cable-length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
show fiber-ports optical-transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
11
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
17 Port Channel Commands
interface port-channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
interface range port-channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
channel-group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
port channel load balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .show interfaces port-channel 203
18 Port Monitor Commands
port monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
show ports monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
19 QoS Commands
qos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
show qos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
wrr-queue cos-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
wrr-queue bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
priority-queue out num-of-queues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
show qos interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
qos map dscp-queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
qos trust (Global) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
qos trust (Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
qos cos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
show qos map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
20 Radius Commands
radius-server host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
radius-server key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
12
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
radius-server retransmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
radius-server source-ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
radius-server timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
radius-server deadtime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
show radius-servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
21 RMON Commands
show rmon statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
rmon collection history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
show rmon collection history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
show rmon history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
rmon alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
show rmon alarm-table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
show rmon alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
rmon event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
show rmon events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
show rmon log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
rmon table-size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
22 SNMP Commands
snmp-server community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
snmp-server view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . snmp-server filter 243
snmp-server contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
snmp-server location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
snmp-server enable traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
snmp-server trap authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
13
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
snmp-server host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
snmp-server set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
snmp-server group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
snmp-server user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
snmp-server v3-host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
snmp-server engineID local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
show snmp engineid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
show snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
show snmp views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .show snmp groups 256
show snmp filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
show snmp users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
23 Spanning-Tree Commands
spanning-tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
spanning-tree mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
spanning-tree forward-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
spanning-tree hello-time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
spanning-tree max-age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
spanning-tree priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
spanning-tree disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
spanning-tree cost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
spanning-tree port-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
spanning-tree portfast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
spanning-tree link-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
spanning-tree mst priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
spanning-tree mst max-hops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
14
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
spanning-tree mst port-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
spanning-tree mst cost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
spanning-tree mst configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
instance (mst) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
name (mst) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
revision (mst) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
show (mst) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
exit (mst) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
abort (mst). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
spanning-tree pathcost method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
spanning-tree bpdu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
show spanning-tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
spanning-tree mst mstp-rstp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Spanning-tree guard root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
24 SSH Commands
ip ssh port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
ip ssh server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
crypto key generate dsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
crypto key generate rsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
ip ssh pubkey-auth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
user-key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
key-string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
show ip ssh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
show crypto key mypubkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
15
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
25 Syslog Commands
logging on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
logging console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
logging buffered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
logging buffered size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
clear logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
logging file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
clear logging file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
show logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
show logging file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
show syslog-servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
26
27 System Management
ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
traceroute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
telnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
resume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
hostname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
show users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
show sessions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
show system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
16
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
show version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
asset-tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
show system id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
28 TACACS Commands
tacacs-server host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
tacacs-server key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
tacacs-server timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
tacacs-server source-ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
show tacacs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
29 User Interface
enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
exit(configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
exit(EXEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
history size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
debug-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
show history. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
show privilege. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
17
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
30 VLAN Commands
vlan database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
default-vlan disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
interface vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
interface range vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
switchport access vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
switchport trunk allowed vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
switchport trunk native vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
switchport general allowed vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
switchport general pvid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
switchport general ingress-filtering disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only . . . . . . . . . . 347
switchport forbidden vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
map protocol protocols-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
switchport general map protocols-group vlan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
ip internal-usage-vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
show vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
show vlan internal usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
show vlan protocols-groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
show interfaces switchport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
switchport mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
switchport customer vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
31 Web Server
ip http server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
18
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
ip http port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
ip https server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
ip https port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
crypto certificate generate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
crypto certificate request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
crypto certificate import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
ip https certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
crypto certificate export pkcs12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
crypto certificate import pkcs12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
show crypto certificate mycertificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
show ip http . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
show ip https . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
32 802.1x Commands
aaa authentication dot1x. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
dot1x system-auto-control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
dot1x port-control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
dot1x re-authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
dot1x timeout re-authperiod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
dot1x re-authenticate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
dot1x timeout quiet-period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
dot1x timeout tx-period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
dot1x max-req . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
dot1x timeout supp-timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
dot1x timeout server-timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
show dot1x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
show dot1x users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
19
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
show dot1x statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
ADVANCED FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
dot1x auth-not-req . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
dot1x multiple-hosts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
dot1x single-host-violation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
show dot1x advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
20
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/12/06 – FOR PROOF ONLY
Command Groups 21
Command Groups
Introduction
The Command Language Interface (CLI) is a network management application operated through
an ASCII terminal without the use of a Graphic User Interface (GUI) driven software application.
By directly entering commands, you have greater configuration flexibility. The CLI is a basic
command-line interpreter similar to the UNIX C shell.
A device can be configured and maintained by entering commands from the CLI, which is based
solely on textual input and output with commands being entered from a terminal keyboard and the
output displayed as text via a terminal monitor. The CLI can be accessed from a VT100 terminal
connected to the console port of the device or through a Telnet connection from a remote host.
This guide describes how the Command Line Interface (CLI) is structured, describes the
command syntax, and describes the command functionality.
This guide also provides information for configuring the PowerConnect switch, details the
procedures and provides configuration examples. Basic installation configuration is described in
the
User’s Guide
and must be completed before using this document.
Command Groups
The system commands can be broken down into the functional groups shown below.
Command Group Description
AAA Configures connection security including authorization and
passwords.
Address Table Configures bridging address tables.
Configuration and Image Files Manages the device configuration files.
Clock Configures clock commands on the device.
Ethernet Configuration Configures all port configuration options for example ports, storm
control, port speed and auto-negotiation.
GVRP Configures and displays GVRP configuration and information.
IGMP Snooping Configures IGMP snooping and displays IGMP configuration and
IGMP information.
IP Addressing Configures and manages IP addresses on the device.
LACP Configures and displays LACP information.
Line Configures the console and remote Telnet connection.
LLDP Configures and displays LLDP information.
Management ACL Configures and displays management access-list information.
22 Command Groups
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
PHY Diagnostics Diagnoses and displays the interface status.
Port Channel Configures and displays Port channel information.
Port Monitor Monitors activity on specific target ports.
QoS Configures and displays QoS information.
RADIUS Configures and displays RADIUS information.
RMON Displays RMON statistics.
SNMP Configures SNMP communities, traps and displays SNMP
information.
Spanning Tree
Configures and reports on Spanning Tree protocol
SSH Configures SSH authentication.
Syslog Commands Manages and displays syslog messages.
System Management Configures the device clock, name and authorized users.
TACACS
Configures TACACS commands
User Interface Describes user commands used for entering CLI commands.
VLAN Configures VLANs and displays VLAN information.
Web Server Configures Web based access to the device.
802.1x
Configures commands related to 802.1x security protocol.
Command Groups 23
AAA Commands
Address Table Commands
Command Group Description Access Mode
aaa authentication login Defines login authentication. Global
Configuration
aaa authentication enable Defines authentication method lists for accessing higher
privilege levels.
Global
Configuration
login authentication Specifies the login authentication method list for a
remote telnet or console.
Global
Configuration
enable authentication Specifies the authentication method list when accessing
a higher privilege level from a remote telnet or console.
Line
Configuration
ip http authentication Specifies authentication methods for http. Global
Configuration
ip https authentication Specifies authentication methods for https. Global
Configuration
show authentication
methods
Displays information about the authentication methods. Privileged User
EXEC
password Specifies a password on a line. Line
Configuration
enable password Sets a local password to control access to normal and
privilege levels.
Global
Configuration
username Establishes a username-based authentication system. Global
Configuration
show users accounts Displays information about the local user database. Privileged User
EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
bridge address Adds a static MAC-layer station source address to the
bridge table.
VLAN
Configuration
bridge multicast filtering Enables filtering of multicast addresses. Global
Configuration
bridge multicast address Registers MAC-layer multicast addresses to the bridge
table, and adds static ports to the group.
VLAN
Configuration
bridge multicast
forbidden address
Forbids adding a specific multicast address to specific
ports.
VLAN
Configuration
24 Command Groups
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Clock Commands
bridge multicast forward-
all
Enables forwarding of all multicast frames on a port. VLAN
Configuration
bridge multicast
forbidden forward-all
Enables forbidding forwarding of all multicast frames
to a port.
VLAN
Configuration
bridge aging-time Sets the address table aging time. Global
Configuration
clear bridge Removes any learned entries from the forwarding
database.
Privileged User
EXEC
port security Disables new address learning on an interface. Interface
Configuration
port security routed
secure-address
Adds MAC-layer secure addresses to a routed port. Interface
Configuration
show bridge address-table Displays dynamically created entries in the bridge-
forwarding database.
Privileged User
EXEC
show bridge address-table
static
Displays statically created entries in the bridge-
forwarding database
.
Privileged User
EXEC
show bridge address-table
count
Displays the number of addresses present in all or at a
specific VLAN.
Privileged User
EXEC
show bridge multicast
address-table
Displays statically created entries in the bridge-
forwarding database.
Privileged User
EXEC
show bridge multicast
filtering
Displays the multicast filtering configuration. Privileged User
EXEC
show ports security Displays the port-lock status. Privileged User
EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
clock set
Manually sets the system clock.
Privileged User
EXEC
clock source
Configures an external time source for the
system clock.
Privileged User
EXEC
clock timezone
Sets the time zone for display purposes.
Global
Configuration
clock summer-time
Configures the system to automatically switch
to summer time (daylight saving time).
Global
Configuration
sntp authentication-key
Defines an authentication key for Simple
Network Time Protocol (SNTP).
Global
Configuration
Command Groups 25
Configuration and Image Files Commands
sntp authenticate
Grants authentication for received Network
Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from servers.
Global
Configuration
sntp trusted-key
Authenticates the identity of a system to which
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) will
synchronize.
Global
Configuration
sntp client poll timer
Sets the polling time for the Simple Network
Time Protocol (SNTP) client.
Global
Configuration
sntp broadcast client
enable
Enables the Simple Network Time Protocol
(SNTP) broadcast clients.
Global
Configuration
sntp anycast client enable
Enables Anycast clients.
Global
Configuration
sntp client enable
(interface)
Enables the Simple Network Time Protocol
(SNTP) client on an interface.
Interface
Configuration
sntp unicast client enable
Enables the device to use the Simple Network
Time Protocol (SNTP) to request and accept
Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from
servers.
Global
Configuration
sntp unicast client poll
Enables polling for the Simple Network Time
Protocol (SNTP) predefined unicast clients.
Global
Configuration
sntp server
Configures the device to use the Simple
Network Time Protocol (SNTP) to request and
accept Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic
from a server.
Global
Configuration
show clock
Displays the time and date from the system
clock.
User EXEC
show sntp configuration
Shows the configuration of the Simple Network
Time Protocol (SNTP).
Privileged User
EXEC
show sntp status
Shows the status of the Simple Network Time
Protocol (SNTP).
Privileged User
EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
delete startup-config
Deletes the startup-config file.
Privileged User
EXEC
copy Copies files from a source to a destination. Privileged User
EXEC
boot system Specifies the system image that the device loads at
startup.
Privileged User
EXEC
26 Command Groups
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Ethernet Configuration Commands
show running-config Displays the contents of the currently running
configuration file.
Privileged User
EXEC
show startup-config Displays the startup configuration file contents. Privileged User
EXEC
show backup-config
Displays the backup configuration file contents.
Privileged User
EXEC
show bootvar Displays the active system image file that the device
loads at startup.
Privileged User
EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
interface ethernet Enters the interface configuration mode to
configure an Ethernet type interface.
Global
Configuration
interface range ethernet Enters the interface configuration mode to
configure multiple Ethernet type interfaces.
Global
Configuration
shutdown Disables interfaces. Interface
Configuration
description Adds a description to an interface. Interface
Configuration
speed Configures the speed of a given Ethernet interface
when not using auto-negotiation.
Interface
Configuration
duplex Configures the full/half duplex operation of a given
Ethernet interface when not using auto-negotiation.
Interface
Configuration
negotiation Enables auto-negotiation operation for the speed
and duplex parameters of a given interface.
Interface
Configuration
flowcontrol Configures the Flow Control on a given interface. Interface
Configuration
mdix Enables automatic crossover on a given interface. Interface
Configuration
back-pressure Enables Back Pressure on a given interface. Interface
Configuration
port jumbo-frame Enables jumbo frames for the device. Global
Configuration
clear counters Clears statistics on an interface. User EXEC
Command Groups 27
GVRP Commands
set interface active Reactivates an interface that was suspended by the
system.
Privileged User
EXEC
show interfaces
configuration
Displays the configuration for all configured
interfaces.
User EXEC
show interfaces status Displays the status for all configured interfaces. User EXEC
show interfaces
description
Displays the description for all configured interfaces. User EXEC
show interfaces counters Displays traffic seen by the physical interface. User EXEC
show ports jumbo-frame Displays the jumbo frames configuration. User EXEC
port storm-control
include-multicast
Enables the device to count multicast packets. Global
Configuration
port storm-control
broadcast enable
Enables broadcast storm control. Interface
Configuration
port storm-control
broadcast rate
Configures the maximum broadcast rate. Interface
Configuration
show ports storm-control Displays the storm control configuration. Privileged User
EXEC
Command Group Description Mode
gvrp enable (global) Enables GVRP globally. Global
Configuration
gvrp enable (interface) Enables GVRP on an interface. Interface
Configuration
garp timer Adjusts the GARP application join, leave, and
leaveall GARP timer values.
Interface
Configuration
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid Enables or disables dynamic VLAN creation. Interface
Configuration
gvrp registration-forbid De-registers all VLANs, and prevents dynamic
VLAN registration on the port.
Interface
Configuration
clear gvrp statistics Clears all the GVRP statistics information. Privileged User
EXEC
show gvrp configuration Displays GVRP configuration information. User EXEC
show gvrp statistics Displays GVRP statistics. User EXEC
show gvrp error-statistics Displays GVRP error statistics. User EXEC
28 Command Groups
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
IGMP Snooping Commands
IP Addressing
Command Group Description Access Mode
ip igmp snooping
(Global)
Enables Internet Group Management Protocol
(IGMP) snooping.
Global
Configuration
ip igmp snooping
(Interface)
Enables Internet Group Management Protocol
(IGMP) snooping on a specific VLAN.
VLAN
Configuration
ip igmp snooping
mrouter
Enables automatic learning of multicast router ports
in the context of a specific VLAN.
VLAN
Configuration
ip igmp snooping host-
time-out
Configures the host-time-out. VLAN
Configuration
ip igmp snooping
mrouter-time-out
Configures the mrouter-time-out. VLAN
Configuration
ip igmp snooping leave-
time-out
Configures the leave-time-out. VLAN
Configuration
show ip igmp snooping
mrouter
Displays information on dynamically learned
multicast router interfaces.
User EXEC
show ip igmp snooping
interface
Displays IGMP snooping configuration. User EXEC
show ip igmp snooping
groups
Displays multicast groups learned by IGMP
snooping.
User EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
clear host dhcp Sets an IP address on the device. Interface
Configuration
ip address
Sets an IP address
Interface
Configuration
ip address dhcp Acquires an IP address on an interface from the
DHCP server.
Interface
Configuration
ip default-gateway
Defines a default gateway (router)
Global
Configuration
show ip interface Displays the usability status of interfaces configured
for IP.
User EXEC
arp Adds a permanent entry in the ARP cache. Global
Configuration
Command Groups 29
LACP Commands
Line Commands
arp timeout Configures how long an entry remains in the ARP
cache
Global
Configuration
clear arp-cache Deletes all dynamic entries from the ARP cache. Privileged User
EXEC
show arp Displays entries in the ARP table. Privileged User
EXEC
ip domain-lookup Enables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based
host name-to-address translation.
Global
Configuration
ip domain-name Defines a default domain name, that the software
uses to complete unqualified host names.
Global
Configuration
ip name-server Sets the available name servers.
Global
Configuration
ip host Defines static host name-to-address mapping in the
host cache.
Global
Configuration
clear host
Deletes entries from the host name-to-address
cache
Privileged User
EXEC
show hosts Displays the default domain name, a list of name
server hosts, the static and cached list of host names
and addresses.
User EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
lacp system-priority Configures the system LACP priority. Global
Configuration
lacp port-priority Configures the priority value for physical ports. Interface
Configuration
lacp timeout Assigns an administrative LACP timeout. Interface
Configuration
show lacp ethernet Displays LACP information for Ethernet ports. User EXEC
show lacp port-channel
Displays LACP information for a port-channel.
User EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
line Identifies a specific line for configuration and enters
the line configuration command mode.
Global
Configuration
30 Command Groups
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
LLDP Commands
speed Sets the line baud rate. Line
Configuration
autobaud
Sets the line for automatic baud rate detection
Line
Configuration
exec-timeout Configures the interval that the system waits until
user input is detected.
Line
Configuration
show line Displays line parameters. User EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
lldp enable (global) Enables Link Layer Discovery Protocol. Global
configuration
lldp enable (interface) Enables Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on an
interface.
Interface
configuration
(Ethernet)
lldp timer Specifies how often the software sends Link Layer
Discovery Protocol (LLDP) updates.
Global
configuration
lldp hold-multiplier Specifies the amount of time the receiving device should
hold a Link Layer Discovery Protocol packet before
discarding it.
Global
configuration
lldp reinit-delay Specifies the minimum time an LLDP port will wait
before reinitializing LLDP transmission.
Global
configuration
lldp tx-delay Specifies the delay between successive LLDP frame
transmissions initiated by value/status changes in the
LLDP local systems MIB.
Global
configuration
lldp optional-tlv Specifies which optional TLVs from the basic set should
be transmitted.
Interface
configuration
(Ethernet)
lldp management-
address
Specifies the management address that would be
advertised from an interface.
Interface
configuration
(Ethernet)
clear lldp rx Restarts the LLDP RX state machine and clears the
neighbors table.
Privileged
EXEC
show lldp
configuration
Displays the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP)
configuration.
Privileged
EXEC
show lldp local Displays the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP)
information that is advertised from a specific port.
Privileged
EXEC
Command Groups 31
Management ACL Commands
PHY Diagnostics Commands
show lldp neighbors Displays information about discovered neighboring
devices using Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP).
Privileged
EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
management access-
list
Defines a management access-list, and enters the access-
list for configuration.
Global
Configuration
permit (management) Defines a permit rule. Management
Access-level
deny (management) Defines a deny rule. Management
Access-level
management access-
class
Defines which management access-list is used. Global
Configuration
show management
access-list
Displays management access-lists. Privileged User
EXEC
show management
access-class
Displays the active management access-list. Privileged User
EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
test copper-port tdr Diagnoses with TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry)
technology the quality and characteristics of a copper
cable attached to a port.
Privileged User
EXEC
show copper-ports tdr Displays the last TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry)
tests on specified ports.
Privileged User
EXEC
show copper-ports
cable-length
Displays the estimated copper cable length attached to a
port.
Privileged User
EXEC
show fiber-ports
optical-transceiver
Displays the optical transceiver diagnostics. Privileged User
EXEC
32 Command Groups
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Port Channel Commands
Port Monitor Commands
QoS Commands
Command Group Description Access Mode
interface port-channel Enters the interface configuration mode of a specific
port-channel.
Global
Configuration
interface range port-
channel
Enters the interface configuration mode to configure
multiple port-channels.
Global
Configuration
channel-group Associates a port with a port-channel. Interface
Configuration
port channel load
balance
Configures the load balancing policy of the port
channeling
Global
Configuration
show interfaces port-
channel
Displays port-channel information. User EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
port monitor Starts a port monitoring session. Interface
Configuration
show ports monitor Displays the port monitoring status. User EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
qos Enables quality of service (QoS) on the device and
enters QoS basic or advance mode.
Global
Configuration
show qos Displays the QoS status. User EXEC
wrr-queue cos-map
Maps assigned CoS values to select one of the
egress queues.
Global
Configuration
wrr-queue bandwidth Assigns Weighted Round Robin (WRR) weights to
egress queues.
Interface
Configuration
priority-queue out num-
of-queues
Enables the egress queues to be expedite queues
. Global
Configuration
show qos interface Displays interface QoS data. User EXEC
qos map dscp-queue Modifies the DSCP to CoS map. Global
Configuration
Command Groups 33
Radius Commands
qos trust (Global) Configures the system to basic mode and the "trust"
state.
Global
Configuration
qos trust (Interface)
Enables each port trust state
Interface
Configuration
qos cos Configures the default port CoS value. Interface
Configuration
show qos map Displays all the maps for QoS. User EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
radius-server host Specifies a RADIUS server host. Global
Configuration
radius-server key Sets the authentication and encryption key for all
RADIUS communications between the router and the
RADIUS daemon.
Global
Configuration
radius-server
retransmit
Specifies the number of times the software searches the
list of RADIUS server hosts.
Global
Configuration
radius-server source-ip Specifies the source IP address used for communication
with RADIUS servers.
Global
Configuration
radius-server timeout Sets the interval for which a router waits for a server host
to reply.
Global
Configuration
radius-server deadtime Improves RADIUS response times when servers are
unavailable.
Global
Configuration
show radius-servers Displays the RADIUS server settings. Privileged User
EXEC
34 Command Groups
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
RMON Commands
SNMP Commands
Command Group Description Mode
show rmon statistics Displays RMON Ethernet Statistics. User EXEC
rmon collection history Enables a Remote Monitoring (RMON) MIB history
statistics group on an interface.
Interface
Configuration
show rmon collection
history
Displays the requested history group configuration. User EXEC
show rmon history Displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history. User EXEC
rmon alarm Configures alarm conditions. Global
Configuration
show rmon alarm-table Displays the alarms summary table. User EXEC
show rmon alarm Displays alarm configurations. User EXEC
rmon event Configures a RMON event. Global
Configuration
show rmon events Displays the RMON event table. User EXEC
show rmon log Displays the RMON logging table. User EXEC
rmon table-size Configures the maximum RMON tables sizes. Global
Configuration
Command Group Description Access Mode
snmp-server community Sets up the community access string to permit access
to SNMP protocol.
Global
Configuration
snmp-server view Creates or update a view entry, Global
Configuration
snmp-server filter Create or update a filter entry, Global
Configuration
snmp-server contact Sets up a system contact. Global
Configuration
snmp-server location Sets up the information on where the device is located. Global
Configuration
snmp-server enable traps Enables the switch to send SNMP traps or SNMP
notifications.
Global
Configuration
snmp-server trap
authentication
Enables the switch to send Simple Network
Management Protocol traps when authentication
failed.
Global
Configuration
Command Groups 35
Spanning Tree Commands
snmp-server host Specifies the recipient of Simple Network
Management Protocol notification operation,
Global
Configuration
snmp-server set Sets SNMP MIB value by the CLI. Global
Configuration
snmp-server group Configures a new Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP) group, or a table that maps SNMP
users to SNMP views.
Global
Configuration
snmp-server user Configure a new SNMP Version 3 user. Global
Configuration
snmp-server v3-host Specifies the recipient of Simple Network
Management Protocol Version 3 notifications.
Global
Configuration
snmp-server engineID
local
Specifies the Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP) engineID on the local device.
Global
Configuration
show snmp engineid Displays the ID of the local Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) engine.
Privileged User
EXEC
show snmp Displays the SNMP status.. Privileged User
EXEC
show snmp views Displays the configuration of views. Privileged User
EXEC
show snmp groups Displays the configuration of groups. Privileged User
EXEC
show snmp filters Displays the configuration of filters. Privileged User
EXEC
show snmp users Displays the configuration of groups. Privileged User
EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
spanning-tree Enables spanning tree functionality. Global
Configuration
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning tree protocol. Global
Configuration
spanning-tree forward-
time
Configures the spanning tree bridge forward time. Global
Configuration
spanning-tree hello-time Configures the spanning tree bridge Hello Time. Global
Configuration
spanning-tree max-age Configures the spanning tree bridge maximum age. Global
Configuration
36 Command Groups
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
spanning-tree priority Configures the spanning tree priority. Global
Configuration
spanning-tree disable Disables spanning tree on a specific port. Interface
Configuration
spanning-tree cost Configures the spanning tree path cost for a port. Interface
Configuration
spanning-tree port-
priority
Configures port priority. Interface
Configuration
spanning-tree portfast Enables PortFast mode. Interface
Configuration
spanning-tree mst
priority
Configures the device priority for the specified
spanning-tree instance
Global
Configuration
spanning-tree mst max-
hops
Configures the number of hops in an MST region
before the BDPU is discarded and the port information
is aged out.
Global
Configuration
spanning-tree mst port-
priority
Configures port priority for the specified MST
instance.
Interface
Configuration
sspanning-tree mst cost Configures the path cost for multiple spanning tree
(MST) calculations.
Interface
Configuration
spanning-tree mst
configuration
Enables configuring an MST region by entering the
Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) mode.
Global
Configuration
instance (mst) Maps VLANS to an MST instance. MST
Configuration
mode
name (mst) Defines the configuration name. MST
Configuration
mode
revision (mst) Defines the configuration revision number. MST
Configuration
mode
show (mst) Displays the current or pending MST region
configuration.
MST
Configuration
mode
exit (mst) Exits the MST configuration mode and applies all
configuration changes.
MST
Configuration
mode
abort (mst) Exits the MST configuration mode without applying
the configuration changes
MST
Configuration
mode
Command Groups 37
SSH Commands
spanning-tree link-type
Overrides the default link-type setting
. Interface
Configuration
spanning-tree pathcost
method
Sets the default path cost method.
Global
Configuration
spanning-tree bpdu Defines BPDU handling when spanning tree is
disabled on an interface.
Global
Configuration
clear spanning-tree
detected-protocols
Restarts the protocol migration process on all
interfaces or on the specified interface.
Privileged User
EXEC
show spanning-tree Displays spanning tree configuration. Privileged User
EXEC
spanning-tree mst mstp-
rstp
Configure the switch to convert STP/RSTP packets to
MSTP instances.
Global
Configuration
Spanning-tree guard root Enables root guard on all the spanning tree instances
on that interface.
Interface
Configuration
Command Group Description Access Mode
ip ssh port Specifies the port to be used by the SSH server. Global
Configuration
ip ssh server Enables the device to be configured from a SSH
server.
Global
Configuration
crypto key generate dsa Generates DSA key pairs. Global
Configuration
crypto key generate rsa Generates RSA key pairs. Global
Configuration
ip ssh pubkey-auth Enables public key authentication for incoming
SSH sessions.
Global
Configuration
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Enters SSH Public Key-chain configuration mode. Global
Configuration
user-key Specifies which SSH public key is manually
configured and enters the SSH public key-string
configuration command.
SSH Public Key
key-string Manually specifies a SSH public key. SSH Public Key
show ip ssh Displays the SSH server configuration. Privileged User
EXEC
show crypto key mypubkey Displays the SSH public keys stored on the device. Privileged User
EXEC
38 Command Groups
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syslog Commands
show crypto key pubkey-chain
ssh
Displays SSH public keys stored on the device. Privileged User
EXEC
Command Group Description Access Mode
logging on Controls error messages logging. Global
Configuration
logging Logs messages to a syslog server. Global
Configuration
logging console Limits messages logged to the console based on
severity.
Global
Configuration
logging buffered Limits syslog messages displayed from an internal
buffer based on severity.
Global
Configuration
logging buffered size Changes the number of syslog messages stored in
the internal buffer.
Global
Configuration
clear logging Clears messages from the internal logging buffer. Privileged User
EXEC
logging file Limits syslog messages sent to the logging file
based on severity.
Global
Configuration
clear logging file Clears messages from the logging file. Privileged User
EXEC
show logging Displays the state of logging and the syslog
messages stored in the internal buffer.
Privileged User
EXEC
show logging file Displays the state of logging and the syslog
messages stored in the logging file.
Privileged User
EXEC
show syslog-servers Displays the syslog servers settings. Privileged User
EXEC
Command Groups 39
System Management Commands
TACACS Commands
Command Group Description Access Mode
ping Sends ICMP echo request packets to another
node on the network.
User EXEC
traceroute Discovers the routes that packets will actually take
when traveling to their destination.
User EXEC
telnet Logs in to a host that supports Telnet.
User EXEC
resume Switches to another open Telnet session
User EXEC
reload
Reloads the operating system
Privileged User
EXEC
hostname Specifies or modifies the device host name. Global
Configuration
show users Displays information about the active users. User EXEC
show sessions Lists the open Telnet sessions.
User EXEC
show system Displays system information. User EXEC
show version Displays the system version information. User EXEC
asset-tag Specifies the device asset-tag. Global
Configuration
show system id Displays the service ID information. User EXEC
Command Group Description Mode
tacacs-server host Specifies a TACACS+ host. Global
Configuration
tacacs-server key Sets the authentication encryption key used for all
TACACS+ communications between the device
and the TACACS+ daemon.
Global
Configuration
tacacs-server source-ip Specifies the source IP address that will be used
for the communication with TACACS servers.
Global
Configuration
tacacs-server timeout Sets the timeout value. Global
Configuration
show tacacs Displays configuration and statistics for a
TACACS+ servers.
Privileged User
EXEC
40 Command Groups
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Interface Commands
VLAN Commands
Command Group Description Access Mode
enable Enters the privileged EXEC mode. All
disable Returns to User EXEC mode. All
login Changes a login username. All
configure
Enables the global configuration mode
All
exit(configuration) Exits any configuration mode to the next highest mode in
the CLI mode hierarchy.
All
exit(EXEC) Closes an active terminal session by logging off the device. All
end Ends the current configuration session and returns to the
previous command mode.
All
help Displays a brief description of the help system. All
history Enables the command history function. All
history size Changes the command history buffer size for a particular
line.
All
debug-mode
Switches the mode to debug
.All
show history Lists the commands entered in the current session. All
show privilege Displays the current privilege level. All
Command Group Description Access Mode
vlan database Enters the VLAN database configuration mode. Global
Configuration
vlan Creates a VLAN. VLAN
Configuration
default-vlan disable
Disables the default VLAN functionality
. VLAN
Configuration
interface vlan
Enters the interface configuration (VLAN) mode.
Global
Configuration
interface range vlan Enters the interface configuration mode to configure
multiple VLANs.
Global
Configuration
name Configures a name to a VLAN. Interface
Configuration
Command Groups 41
switchport access vlan Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port. Interface
Configuration
switchport access vlan Configures the VLAN ID when the interface is in access
mode.
Interface
Configuration
switchport trunk
allowed vlan
Adds or removes VLANs from a port in general mode. Interface
Configuration
switchport trunk native
vlan
Defines the port as a member of the specified VLAN, and
the VLAN ID is the "port default VLAN ID (PVID)".
Interface
Configuration
switchport general
allowed vlan
Adds or removes VLANs from a general port. Interface
Configuration
switchport general pvid Configures the PVID when the interface is in general
mode.
Interface
Configuration
switchport general
ingress-filtering disable
Disables port ingress filtering. Interface
Configuration
switchport general
acceptable-frame-type
tagged-only
Discards untagged frames at ingress. Interface
Configuration
switchport forbidden
vlan
Forbids adding specific VLANs to a port. Interface
Configuration
map protocol
protocols-group
Adds a special protocol to a named group of protocols,
which may be used for protocol-based VLAN assignment.
VLAN
Configuration
switchport general map
protocols-group vlan
Sets a protocol-based classification rule. Interface
Configuration
ip internal-usage-vlan
Reserves a VLAN as the internal usage VLAN of an
interface.
Interface
Configuration
show vlan Displays VLAN information. Privileged User
EXEC
show vlan internal
usage
Displays a list of VLANs being used internally by the
switch.
Privileged User
EXEC
show vlan protocols-
groups
Displays protocols-groups information. Privileged User
EXEC
show interfaces
switchport
Displays switchport configuration. Privileged User
EXEC
switchport mode Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port Interface
configuration
(Ethernet, port-
channel)
42 Command Groups
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Web Server Commands
switchport customer
vlan
Sets the port's VLAN when
the interface is in customer mode.
Interface
configuration
(Ethernet, port-
channel)
Command Group Description Access Mode
ip http server Enables the device to be configured from a browser. Global
Configuration
ip http port Specifies the TCP port for use by a web browser to
configure the device.
Global
Configuration
ip https port Configures a TCP port for use by a secure web browser to
configure the device.
Global
Configuration
ip https server Enables the device to be configured from a secured
browser.
Global
Configuration
crypto certificate
generate
Generates a HTTPS certificate. Global
Configuration
crypto certificate
request
Generates and displays certificate requests for
HTTPS.
Privileged User
EXEC
crypto certificate
import
Imports a certificate signed by Certification
Authority for HTTPS.
Global
Configuration
ip https certificate
Configures the active certificate for HTTPS.
Global
Configuration
crypto certificate
export pkcs12
Exports the certificate and the RSA keys within a
PKCS12 file
Privileged User
EXEC
show ip http Displays the HTTP server configuration. Privileged User
EXEC
show ip https Displays the HTTPS server configuration. Privileged User
EXEC
show crypto certificate
mycertificate
Displays the SSL certificates of the device Privileged User
EXEC
Command Groups 43
802.1x Commands
Command Description Access Mode
aaa authentication
dot1x
Specifies one or more authentication, authorization, and
accounting (AAA) methods for use on interfaces running
IEEE 802.1X.
Global
Configuration
dot1x system-auto-
control
Enables 802.1x globally. Global
Configuration
dot1x port-control Enables manual control of the authorization state of the
port
Interface
Configuration
dot1x re-authentication Enables periodic re-authentication of the client. Interface
Configuration
dot1x timeout re-
authperiod
Sets the number of seconds between re-authentica-
tion attempts
.
Interface
Configuration
dot1x re-authenticate Manually initiates a re-authentication of all 802.1X-
enabled ports or the specified 802.1X-enabled port.
Privileged User
EXEC
dot1x timeout quiet-
period
Sets the number of seconds that the switch remains
in the quiet state following a failed authentication
exchange
.
Interface
Configuration
dot1x timeout tx-period
Sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for
a response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol
(EAP) - request/identity frame, from the client,
before resending the request.
Interface
Configuration
dot1x max-req Sets the maximum number of times that the switch sends
an EAP - request/identity frame to the client, before
restarting the authentication process.
Interface
Configuration
dot1x timeout supp-
timeout
Sets the time for the retransmission of an Extensible
Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request frame to the
client.
Interface
Configuration
dot1x timeout server-
timeout
Sets the time for the retransmission of packets to the
authentication server
.
Interface
Configuration
show dot1x Allows multiple hosts on an 802.1X-authorized port, that
has the
dot1x port-control
interface configuration com-
mand set to
auto
.
Interface
Configuration
show dot1x users Displays 802.1X statistics for the specified interface. Privileged User
EXEC
show dot1x statistics
Displays 802.1X statistics for the specified interface.
Privileged User
EXEC
44 Command Groups
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Modes 45
Command Modes
GC (Global Configuration) Mode
Command Description
aaa authentication enable Defines authentication method lists for accessing higher privilege
levels.
aaa authentication login Defines login authentication.
aaa authentication dot1x Specifies one or more authentication, authorization, and accounting
(AAA) methods for use on interfaces running IEEE 802.1X.
arp Adds a permanent entry in the ARP cache.
arp timeout Configures how long an entry remains in the ARP cache
asset-tag Specifies the device asset-tag.
bridge aging-time Sets the address table aging time.
bridge multicast filtering Enables filtering of multicast addresses.
clock source Configures an external time source for the system clock.
clock timezone Sets the time zone for display purposes
clock summer-time Configures the system to automatically switch to summer time
(daylight saving time).
crypto certificate generate Generates a HTTPS certificate.
crypto certificate import Imports a certificate signed by Certification Authority for HTTPS.
crypto key generate dsa Generates DSA key pairs.
crypto key generate rsa Generates RSA key pairs.
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Enters SSH Public Key-chain configuration mode.
dot1x system-auto-control Enables 802.1x globally.
enable password Sets a local password to control access to normal and privilege levels.
end Ends the current configuration session and returns to the previous
command mode.
gvrp enable (global) Enables GVRP globally.
hostname Specifies or modifies the device host name.
interface ethernet Enters the interface configuration mode to configure an Ethernet type
interface.
interface port-channel Enters the interface configuration mode of a specific port-channel.
46 Command Modes
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
interface range ethernet Enters the interface configuration mode to configure multiple ethernet
type interfaces.
interface range port-channel Enters the interface configuration mode to configure multiple port-
channels.
interface range vlan Enters the interface configuration mode to configure multiple VLANs.
interface vlan Enters the interface configuration (VLAN) mode.
ip default-gateway Defines a default gateway.
ip domain-lookup Enables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host name-to-
address translation.
ip domain-name Defines a default domain name, that the software uses to complete
unqualified host names.
ip host Defines static host name-to-address mapping in the host cache.
ip http authentication Specifies authentication methods for http.
ip http port Specifies the TCP port for use by a web browser to configure the
device.
ip http server
Enables the device to be configured from a browser
.
ip https authentication Specifies authentication methods for https
ip https certificate Configures the active certificate for HTTPS. Use the
no
form of this
command to return to default.
ip https server
Enables the device to be configured from a secured browser
.
ip https port Configures a TCP port for use by a secure web browser to configure
the device.
ip igmp snooping (Global) Enables Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping
ip name-server Sets the available name servers.
ip ssh port Specifies the port to be used by the SSH server.
ip ssh pubkey-auth Enables public key authentication for incoming SSH sessions.
ip ssh server Enables the device to be configured from a SSH server.
lacp system-priority Configures the system LACP priority.
line Identifies a specific line for configuration and enters the line
configuration command mode.
logging Logs messages to a syslog server.
logging buffered Limits syslog messages displayed from an internal buffer based on
severity.
logging buffered size Changes the number of syslog messages stored in the internal buffer.
logging console Limits messages logged to the console based on severity.
Command Modes 47
logging file Limits syslog messages sent to the logging file based on severity.
logging on Controls error messages logging.
login authentication Specifies the login authentication method list for a remote telnet or
console.
management access-class Defines which management access-list is used.
management access-list Defines a management access-list, and enters the access-list for
configuration.
port jumbo-frame Enables jumbo frames for the device.
port storm-control include-
multicast
Enables the device to count multicast packets.
priority-queue out num-of-
queues
Enables the egress queues to be expedite queues.
qos Enables quality of service (QoS) on the device and enters QoS basic or
advance mode.
qos map dscp-queue Modifies the DSCP to CoS map.
qos trust (Global) Configure the system to "trust" state.
radius-server deadtime Improves RADIUS response times when servers are unavailable.
radius-server host Specifies a RADIUS server host.
radius-server key Sets the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS
communications between the router and the RADIUS daemon.
radius-server retransmit Specifies the number of times the software searches the list of RADIUS
server hosts.
radius-server source-ip Specifies the source IP address used for communication with RADIUS
servers.
radius-server timeout Sets the interval for which a router waits for a server host to reply.
rmon alarm Configures alarm conditions.
rmon event Configures a RMON event.
rmon table-size Configures the maximum RMON tables sizes.
snmp-server community Sets up the community access string to permit access to SNMP
protocol.
snmp-server contact Sets up a system contact.
snmp-server enable traps Enables the switch to send SNMP traps or SNMP notifications.
snmp-server host
Specifies the recipient of Simple Network Management Protocol
notification operation
.
snmp-server location Sets up the information on where the device is located.
48 Command Modes
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
IC (Interface Configuration) Mode
snmp-server set Sets SNMP MIB value by the CLI.
snmp-server trap
authentication
Enables the switch to send Simple Network Management Protocol traps
when authentication failed.
sntp authenticate Grants authentication for received Network Time Protocol (NTP)
traffic from servers.
sntp authentication-key Defines an authentication key for Simple Network Time Protocol
(SNTP).
spanning-tree Enables spanning tree functionality.
spanning-tree bpdu Defines BPDU handling when spanning tree is disabled on an interface
spanning-tree forward-time Configures the spanning tree bridge forward time.
spanning-tree hello-time Configures the spanning tree bridge Hello Time.
spanning-tree max-age Configures the spanning tree bridge maximum age.
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning tree protocol.
spanning-tree pathcost method Sets the default pathcost method.
spanning-tree priority Configures the spanning tree priority.
tacacs-server key Sets the authentication encryption key used for all TACACS+
communications between the device and the TACACS+ daemon.
tacacs-server source-ip Specifies the source IP address that will be used for the communication
with TACACS servers.
tacacs-server timeout Sets the timeout value.
tacacs-server host Specifies a TACACS+ host.
username Establishes a username-based authentication system.
vlan database Enters the VLAN database configuration mode.
wrr-queue cos-map
Maps assigned CoS values to select one of the egress queues.
Command Description
back-pressure Enables Back Pressure on a given interface.
channel-group Associates a port with a Port-channel.
clear host dhcp Sets an IP address on the device.
description Adds a description to an interface.
dot1x auth-not-req Enables unauthorized users access to that VLAN
Command Modes 49
dot1x max-req Sets the maximum number of times that the switch sends an EAP -
request/identity frame to the client, before restarting the authentication
process.
show dot1x Allows multiple hosts on an 802.1X-authorized port, that has the dot1x
port-control interface configuration command set to auto.
dot1x port-control Enables manual control of the authorization state of the port
dot1x re-authentication Enables periodic re-authentication of the client.
dot1x single-host-violation Configures the action to be taken, when a station whose MAC address is
not the supplicant MAC address, attempts to access the interface.
dot1x timeout quiet-period Sets the number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state
following a failed authentication exchange.
dot1x timeout re-authperiod Sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts.
dot1x timeout server-timeout Sets the time for the retransmission of packets to the authentication
server
dot1x timeout supp-timeout Sets the time for the retransmission of an EAP-request frame to the
client.
dot1x timeout tx-period
Sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to
an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) - request/identity
frame, from the client, before resending the request.
show dot1x Sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP request/identity frame, from the client, before resending the
request.
duplex Configures the full/half duplex operation of a given ethernet interface
when not using auto-negotiation.
flowcontrol Configures the Flow Control on a given interface.
garp timer Adjusts the GARP application join, leave, and leaveall GARP timer
values.
gvrp enable (interface) Enables GVRP on an interface.
gvrp registration-forbid De-registers all VLANs, and prevents dynamic VLAN registration on the
port.
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid Enables or disables dynamic VLAN creation.
ip address
Sets an IP address
ip address dhcp Acquires an IP address on an interface from the DHCP server.
ip internal-usage-vlan
Reserves a VLAN as the internal usage VLAN of an interface.
lacp port-priority Configures the priority value for physical ports.
lacp timeout Assigns an administrative LACP timeout.
mdix Enables automatic crossover on a given interface.
50 Command Modes
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
LC (Line Configuration) Mode
name Configures a name to a VLAN.
negotiation Enables auto-negotiation operation for the speed and duplex parameters
of a given interface.
port monitor Starts a port monitoring session.
port security Disables new address learning on an interface.
port security routed secure-
address
Adds MAC-layer secure addresses to a routed port.
port storm-control broadcast
enable
Enables broadcast storm control.
port storm-control broadcast
rate
Configures the maximum broadcast rate.
qos cos Configures the default port CoS value.
qos trust (Interface) Enables each port trust state while the system is in basic mode.
rmon collection history Enables a Remote Monitoring (RMON) MIB history statistics group on
an interface.
shutdown Disables interfaces.
sntp client enable (interface)
Enables the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client on an
interface.
spanning-tree cost Configures the spanning tree path cost for a port.
spanning-tree disable Disables spanning tree on a specific port.
spanning-tree link-type Overrides the default link-type setting.
spanning-tree portfast Enables PortFast mode.
spanning-tree port-priority Configures port priority.
speed Configures the speed of a given ethernet interface when not using auto-
negotiation.
qos map dscp-queue Defines the wrr-queue mechanism on an egress queue.
wrr-queue bandwidth Assigns Weighted Round Robin (WRR) weights to egress queues.
Command Description
enable authentication Specifies the authentication method list when accessing a higher
privilege level from a remote telnet or console.
exec-timeout Configures the interval that the system waits until user input is detected.
history Enables the command history function.
Command Modes 51
MA (Management Access-level) Mode
PE (Privileged User EXEC) Mode
history size Changes the command history buffer size for a particular line.
password Specifies a password on a line.
autobaud
Sets the line for automatic baud rate detection
speed Sets the line baud rate.
Command Description
deny (management) Defines a deny rule.
permit (management) Defines a permit rule.
Command Description
show dot1x users Displays 802.1X statistics for the specified interface.
boot system Specifies the system image that the device loads at startup.
clear arp-cache Deletes all dynamic entries from the ARP cache.
clear bridge Removes any learned entries from the forwarding database.
clear gvrp statistics Clears all the GVRP statistics information.
clear host Deletes entries from the host name-to-address cache
clear host dhcp Deletes entries from the host name-to-address mapping received from
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
clear logging Clears messages from the internal logging buffer.
clear logging file Clears messages from the logging file
clear spanning-tree detected-
protocols
Restarts the protocol migration process on all interfaces or on the
specified interface.
clock set Manually sets the system clock.
configure Enters the global configuration mode.
copy Copies files from a source to a destination.
crypto certificate request Generates and displays certificate requests for HTTPS.
dot1x re-authenticate Manually initiates a re-authentication of all 802.1X-enabled ports or the
specified 802.1X-enabled port.
login Returns to User EXEC mode.
reload Reloads the operating system.
52 Command Modes
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
set interface active Reactivates an interface that was suspended by the system.
show arp Displays entries in the ARP table.
show authentication methods Displays information about the authentication methods.
show bootvar Displays the active system image file that the device loads at startup
show bridge address-table Displays dynamically created entries in the bridge-forwarding database.
show bridge address-table
count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or at specific
VLAN.
show bridge multicast address-
table
Displays statically created entries in the bridge-forwarding database.
show bridge multicast address-
table
Displays multicast MAC address table information.
show bridge multicast filtering Displays the multicast filtering configuration.
show copper-ports cable-
length
Displays the estimated copper cable length attached to a port.
show copper-ports tdr Displays the last TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry) tests on specified
ports.
show crypto key mypubkey Displays the SSH public keys stored on the device.
show crypto key pubkey-chain
ssh
Displays SSH public keys stored on the device.
show crypto certificate
mycertificate
Displays the SSL certificates of the device
show dot1x Displays 802.1X status for the switch or for the specified interface.
show dot1x advanced Displays 802.1X enhanced features for the switch or for the specified
interface.
show dot1x users Displays 802.1X users for the switch.
show fiber-ports optical-
transceiver
Displays the optical transceiver diagnostics.
show ip ssh Displays the SSH server configuration.
show lacp port-channel Displays LACP information for a port-channel.
show logging Displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the
internal buffer.
show logging file Displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the
logging file.
show management access-class Displays the active management access-list.
show management access-list Displays management access-lists.
show ports security Displays the port-lock status.
Command Modes 53
SP (SSH Public Key) Mode
UE (User EXEC) Mode
show ports storm-control Displays the storm control configuration.
show radius-servers Displays the RADIUS server settings.
show running-config Displays the contents of the currently running configuration file.
show snmp Displays the SNMP status.
show spanning-tree Displays spanning tree configuration.
show startup-config Displays the startup configuration file contents.
show syslog-servers Displays the syslog servers settings.
show tacacs Displays configuration and statistics for a TACACS+ servers.
show users accounts Displays information about the local user database.
test copper-port tdr Diagnoses with TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry) technology the
quality and characteristics of a copper cable attached to a port.
Command Description
key-string Manually specifies a SSH public key.
user-key Specifies which SSH public key is manually configured and enters the
SSH public key-string configuration command
Command Description
clear counters Clears statistics on an interface.
enable Enters the privileged EXEC mode.
exit(EXEC) Closes an active terminal session by logging off the device.
login Changes a login username.
ping Sends ICMP echo request packets to another node on the network.
show clock Displays the time and date from the system clock.
show gvrp configuration Displays GVRP configuration information.
show gvrp error-statistics Displays GVRP error statistics.
clear gvrp statistics Displays GVRP statistics.
show history Lists the commands entered in the current session.
54 Command Modes
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show hosts Displays the default domain name, a list of name server hosts, the static
and the cached list of host names and addresses.
show interfaces configuration Displays the configuration for all configured interfaces.
show interfaces counters Displays traffic seen by the physical interface.
show interfaces description Displays the description for all configured interfaces.
port channel load balance Displays Port-channel information.
show interfaces status Displays the status for all configured interfaces.
show ip igmp snooping groups Displays multicast groups learned by IGMP snooping.
show ip igmp snooping
interface
Displays IGMP snooping configuration.
show ip igmp snooping
mrouter
Displays information on dynamically learned multicast router
interfaces.
show ip interface Displays the usability status of interfaces configured for IP.
show lacp ethernet Displays LACP information for Ethernet ports.
show line Displays line parameters.
show ports jumbo-frame Displays the jumbo frames configuration.
show ports monitor Displays the port monitoring status.
show privilege Displays the current privilege level.
show qos Displays the QoS status.
show qos interface Assigns CoS values to select one of the egress queues.
show qos map Displays all the maps for QoS.
show rmon alarm Displays alarm configurations.
show rmon alarm-table Displays the alarms summary table.
show rmon collection history Displays the requested history group configuration.
show rmon events Displays the RMON event table.
show rmon history Displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history.
show rmon log Displays the RMON logging table.
show rmon statistics Displays RMON Ethernet Statistics.
show system Displays system information.
show system id Displays the service id information.
show users Displays information about the active users.
show version Displays the system version information.
Command Modes 55
VC (VLAN Configuration) Mode
Command Description
bridge address Adds a static MAC-layer station source address to the bridge table.
bridge multicast address Registers MAC-layer multicast addresses to the bridge table, and adds
static ports to the group.
bridge multicast forbidden
address
Forbids adding a specific multicast address to specific ports.
bridge multicast forbidden
forward-all
Enables forbidding forwarding of all multicast frames to a port.
bridge multicast forward-all Enables forwarding of all multicast frames on a port.
ip igmp snooping (Interface) Enables Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping on a
specific VLAN.
ip igmp snooping host-time-
out
Configures the host-time-out.
ip igmp snooping leave-time-
out
Configures the leave-time-out.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter Enables automatic learning of multicast router ports in the context of a
specific VLAN.
ip igmp snooping mrouter-
time-out
Configures the mrouter-time-out.
vlan Creates a VLAN.
56 Command Modes
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Using the CLI 57
Using the CLI
This chapter describes how to start using the CLI and describes implemented command editing
features to assist in using the CLI.
CLI Command Modes
Introduction
To assist in configuring devices, the CLI [Command Line Interface] is divided into different
command modes. Each command mode has its own set of specific commands. Entering a question
mark "
?
" at the system prompt (console prompt) displays a list of commands available for that
particular command mode.
From each mode a specific command is used to navigate from one command mode to another. The
standard order to access the modes is as follows:
User EXEC
mode,
Privileged EXEC
mode,
Global
Configuration
mode, and
Interface Configuration
mode. The following figure illustrates the
command mode access path.
58 Using the CLI
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
When starting a session, the initial mode is the User EXEC mode. Only a limited subset of
commands are available in User EXEC Mode. This level is reserved for tasks that do not change the
configuration. To enter the next level, the Privileged EXEC mode, a password is required.
The Privileged mode gives access to commands that are restricted on EXEC mode and provides
access to the device Configuration mode.
The Global Configuration mode manages the device configuration on a global level.
The Interface Configuration mode configures specific interfaces in the device.
User EXEC Mode
After logging into the device, the user is automatically in User EXEC command mode unless the
user is defined as a privileged user. In general, the User EXEC commands allow the user to perform
basic tests, and list system information.
The user-level prompt consists of the device "host name" followed by the angle bracket (>).
The default host name is "Console" unless it has been changed using the
hostname
command in
the Global Configuration mode.
Privileged EXEC Mode
Privileged access is password protected to prevent unauthorized use because many of the privileged
commands set operating system parameters: The password is not displayed on the screen and is
case sensitive.
Privileged users enter directly into the Privileged EXEC mode. To enter the Privileged EXEC mode
from the User EXEC mode, perform the following steps:
1
At the prompt enter the command
enable
and press <Enter>. A password prompt is
displayed.
2
Enter the password and press <Enter>. The password is displayed as "*". The Privileged
EXEC mode prompt is displayed. The Privileged EXEC mode prompt consists of the device
"host name" followed by "
#
".
To return from Privileged Exec mode to User EXEC mode, type the
disable
command at the
command prompt.
console>
console#
Using the CLI 59
The following example illustrates how to access Privileged Exec mode and return back to the User
EXEC mode:
The Exit command is used to return from any mode to the previous mode except when returning
to User EXEC mode from the Privileged EXEC mode. For example, the Exit command is used to
return from the Interface Configuration mode to the Global Configuration mode
Global Configuration Mode
Global Configuration mode commands apply to features that affect the system as a whole, rather
than just a specific interface. The Privileged EXEC mode command
configure
is used to enter the
Global Configuration mode.
To enter the Global Configuration mode perform the following steps:"
1
At the Privileged EXEC mode prompt enter the command
configure
and press
<Enter>
.
The Global Configuration mode prompt is displayed. The Global Configuration mode
prompt consists of the device "host name" followed by the word "(config)" and "
#
".
To return from the Global Configuration mode to the Privileged EXEC mode, the user can use one
of the following commands:
•exit
•end
• Ctrl+Z
The following example illustrates how to access Global Configuration mode and returns to the
Privileged EXEC mode:
console>enable
Enter Password: ******
console#
console#disable
console>
console(config)#
console#
console#configure
console(config)#exit
console#
60 Using the CLI
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Interface Configuration Mode and Specific Configuration Modes
Interface Configuration mode commands are to modify specific interface operations. The
following are the Interface Configuration modes:
•
Line Interface
—Contains commands to configure the management connections. These
include commands such as line speed, timeout settings, etc. The Global Configuration mode
command
line
is used to enter the Line Configuration command mode.
•
VLAN Database
—Contains commands to create a VLAN as a whole. The Global
Configuration mode command
vlan database
is used to enter the VLAN Database Interface
Configuration mode.
•
Management Access List
—Contains commands to define management access-lists. The
Global Configuration mode command
management access-list
is used to enter the
Management Access List Configuration mode.
•
Ethernet
—Contains commands to manage port configuration. The Global Configuration
mode command
interface ethernet
is used to enter
the Interface Configuration mode to
configure an Ethernet type interface.
•
Port Channel
—Contains commands to configure port-channels, for example, assigning ports
to a VLAN or port-channel. Most of these commands are the same as the commands in the
Ethernet interface mode, and are used to manage the member ports as a single entity. The
Global Configuration mode command
interface port-channel
is used to enter the Port
Channel Interface Configuration mode.
•
SSH Public Key-chain
—Contains commands to manually specify other device SSH public
keys. The Global Configuration mode command
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
is used to enter
the SSH Public Key-chain Configuration mode.
•
Interface
—Contains commands that configure the interface. The Global Configuration
mode command
interface ethernet
is used to enter the Interface Configuration mode.
•
QoS—Contains commands related to service definitions. The Global Configuration mode
command qos config-services is used to enter the QoS services configuration mode.
Starting the CLI
The switch can be managed over a direct connection to the switch console port, or via a Telnet
connection. The switch is managed by entering command keywords and parameters at the prompt.
Using the switch command-line interface (CLI) is very similar to entering commands on a UNIX
system.
If access is via a Telnet connection, ensure the device has an IP address defined, corresponding
management access is granted, and the workstation used to access the device is connected to the
device prior to using CLI commands.
NOTE: The following steps are for use on the console line only.
To start using the CLI, perform the following steps:
Using the CLI 61
1
Start the device and wait until the startup procedure is complete.
The User Exec mode is entered, and the prompt "Console>" is displayed.
2
Configure the device and enter the necessary commands to complete the required tasks.
3
When finished, exit the session with the
quit
or
exit
command.
When a different user is required to log onto the system, in the Privileged EXEC mode command
mode the
login
command is entered. This effectively logs off the current user and logs on the new
user.
Editing Features
Entering Commands
A CLI command is a series of keywords and arguments. Keywords identify a command, and
arguments specify configuration parameters. For example, in the command "
show interfaces status
ethernet g5
,"
show
,
interfaces
and
status
are keywords,
ethernet
is an argument that specifies the
interface type, and
g5
specifies the port.
To enter commands that require parameters, enter the required parameters after the command
keyword. For example, to set a password for the administrator, enter:
Console(config)#
username admin password smith
When working with the CLI, the command options are not displayed. The command is not
selected from a menu but is manually entered. To see what commands are available in each mode
or within an interface configuration, the CLI does provide a method of displaying the available
commands, the command syntax requirements and in some instances parameters required to
complete the command. The standard command to request help is
?
.
There are two instances where the help information can be displayed:
•
Keyword lookup
—The character
?
is entered in place of a command. A list of all valid
commands and corresponding help messages are displayed.
•
Partial keyword lookup
—A command is incomplete and the character
?
is entered in place of
a parameter. The matched parameters for this command are displayed.
To assist in using the CLI, there is an assortment of editing features. The following features are
described:
• Terminal Command Buffer
• Command Completion
• Keyboard Shortcuts
62 Using the CLI
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Terminal Command Buffer
Every time a command is entered in the CLI, it is recorded on an internally managed Command
History buffer. Commands stored in the buffer are maintained on a
First In First Out (FIFO)
basis.These commands can be recalled, reviewed, modified, and reissued. This buffer is not
preserved across device resets.
By default, the history buffer system is enabled, but it can be disabled at any time. For information
about the command syntax to enable or disable the history buffer, see history.
There is a standard default number of commands that are stored in the buffer. The standard
number of 10 commands can be increased to 256. By configuring 0, the effect is the same as
disabling the history buffer system. For information about the command syntax for configuring the
command history buffer, see history size.
To display the history buffer, see show history.
Negating the Effect of Commands
For many configuration commands, the prefix keyword "
no
" can be entered to cancel the effect of a
command or reset the configuration to the default value. This guide describes the negation effect
for all applicable commands.
Command Completion
If the command entered is incomplete, invalid, or has missing or invalid parameters, then the
appropriate error message is displayed. This assists in entering the correct command. By pressing
the <Tab> button, an incomplete command is entered. If the characters already entered are not
enough for the system to identify a single matching command, press "?" to display the available
commands matching the characters already entered.
Incorrect or incomplete commands are automatically re-entered next to the cursor. If a parameter
must be added, the parameter can be added to the basic command already displayed next to the
cursor. The following example indicates that the command interface ethernet requires a missing
parameter.
Keyword Source or destination
Up-arrow key
Ctrl+P
Recalls commands in the history buffer, beginning with the most recent
command. Repeats the key sequence to recall successively older
commands.
Down-arrow key Returns to more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling
commands with the up-arrow key. Repeating the key sequence will recall
successively more recent commands.
(config)#interface ethernet
%missing mandatory parameter
(config)#interface ethernet
Using the CLI 63
Keyboard Shortcuts
The CLI has a range of keyboard shortcuts to assist in editing the CLI commands. The following
table describes the CLI shortcuts.
CLI Command Conventions
When entering commands there are certain command entry standards that apply to all commands.
The following table describes the command conventions.
Keyboard Key Description
Up-arrow key Recalls commands from the history buffer, beginning with the most recent
command. Repeat the key sequence to recall successively older commands.
Down-arrow key Returns the most recent commands from the history buffer after recalling
commands with the up arrow key. Repeating the key sequence will recall
successively more recent commands.
Ctrl+A Moves the cursor to the beginning of the command line.
Ctrl+E Moves the cursor to the end of the command line.
Ctrl+Z / End Returns back to the Privileged EXEC mode from any mode.
Backspace key Moves the cursor back one space.
Convention Description
[ ] In a command line, square brackets indicates an optional entry.
{ } In a command line, curly brackets indicate a selection of compulsory
parameters separated by the
|
character. One option must be selected. For
example:
flowcontrol {auto|on|off}
means that for the
flowcontrol
command either
auto
,
on
or
off
must be selected.
Italic font
Indicates a parameter.
<Enter>
Any individual key on the keyboard. For example click
<Enter>
.
Ctrl+F4
Any combination keys pressed simultaneously on the keyboard.
Screen
Display
Indicates system messages and prompts appearing on the console.
all When a parameter is required to define a range of ports or parameters
and all is an option, the default for the command is all when no
parameters are defined. For example, the command interface range port-
channel has the option of either entering a range of channels, or selecting
all. When the command is entered without a parameter, it automatically
defaults to all.
64 Using the CLI
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
AAA Commands 65
AAA Commands
aaa authentication login
The
aaa authentication login
Global Configuration mode commands defines login authentication.
To return to the default configuration, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
aaa authentication login
{
default
|
list-name
}
method1
[
method2
...]
no aaa authentication login
{
default
|
list-name
}
•
default
—Uses the listed authentication methods that follow this argument as the default
list of methods when a user logs in.
•
list-name
—Character string used to name the list of authentication methods activated
when a user logs in.
•
method1
[
method2
...]—Specify at least one from the following table:
Default Configuration
The local user database is checked. This has the same effect as the command
aaa
authentication login list-name local
.
NOTE: On the console, login succeeds without any authentication check if the authentication method is
not defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The default and optional list names created with the
aaa authentication login
command are
used with the
login authentication
command.
Keyword Source or destination
enable Uses the enable password for authentication.
line Uses the line password for authentication.
local Uses the local username database for authentication.
none Uses no authentication.
radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication.
tacacs Uses the list of all TACACS servers for authentication.
66 AAA Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
• Create a list by entering the
aaa
authentication login
list-name method
command for a
particular protocol, where
list-name
is any character string used to name this list. The
method
argument identifies the list of methods that the authentication algorithm tries, in the given
sequence.
• The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an
error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an
error, specify
none
as the final method in the command line.
Example
The following example configures authentication login.
aaa authentication enable
The
aaa
authentication enable
Global Configuration mode command defines authentication
method lists for accessing higher privilege levels. To return to the default configuration use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
aaa authentication enable
{
default
|
list-name
}
method1
[
method2
...]
no aaa authentication enable default
•
default
—Uses the listed authentication methods that follow this argument as the default
list of methods, when using higher privilege levels.
•
list-name
—Character string used to name the list of authentication methods activated,
when using access higher privilege levels.
•
method1
[
method2
...]—Specify at least one from the following table:
Console (config)# aaa authentication login default radius local
enable none
Keyword Source or destination
enable Uses the enable password for authentication.
line Uses the line password for authentication.
none Uses no authentication.
radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication. Uses username
"$enabx$." where x is the privilege level.
tacacs Uses the list of all TACACS+ servers for authentication. Uses
username "$enabx$." where x is the privilege level.
AAA Commands 67
Default Configuration
If the
default
list is not set, only the enable password is checked. This has the same effect as
the command
aaa authentication enable default enable
.
On the console, the enable password is used if it exists. If no password is set, the process still
succeeds. This has the same effect as using the command
aaa authentication enable default
enable none
.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The default and optional list names created with the
aaa authentication enable
command are
used with the
enable authentication
command.
• Create a list by entering the
aaa
authentication enable
list-name method
command where
list-name
is any character string used to name this list. The
method
argument identifies the
list of methods that the authentication algorithm tries, in the given sequence.
• The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an
error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an
error, specify
none
as the final method in the command line.
•All
aaa
authentication enable default
requests sent by the device to a RADIUS or TACACS
server include the username "$enab15$".
Example
The following example sets authentication when accessing higher privilege levels.
login authentication
The
login authentication
Line Configuration mode command specifies the login authentication
method list for a remote telnet, SSH or console. To return to the default specified by the
authentication login command, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
login authentication
{
default
|
list-name
}
no login authentication
•
default
—Uses the default list created with the
authentication login
command.
•
list-name
—Uses the indicated list created with the
authentication login
command.
Console (config)# aaa authentication enable default enable
68 AAA Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
Uses the default set with the command
authentication login
.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Changing login authentication from default to another value may disconnect the telnet
session.
Example
The following example specifies the default authentication method for a console.
enable authentication
The
enable authentication
Line Configuration mode command specifies the authentication
method list when accessing a higher privilege level from a remote telnet, SSH or console. To return
to the default specified by the
enable authentication
command, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
enable authentication
{
default
|
list-name
}
no enable authentication
•
default
—Uses the default list created with the
authentication enable
command.
•
list-name
—Uses the indicated list created with the
authentication enable
command.
Default Configuration
Uses the default set with the command
authentication enable
.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example specifies the default authentication method when accessing a higher
privilege level from a console.
Console (config)# line console
Console (config-line)# login authentication default
AAA Commands 69
ip http authentication
The
ip http authentication
Global Configuration mode command specifies authentication
methods for http. To return to the default, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip http authentication
method1
[
method2
...]
no ip http authentication
•
method1
[
method2
...]—Specify at least one from the following table:
Default Configuration
The local user database is checked. This has the same effect as the command
ip http
authentication local
.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an
error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an
error, specify
none
as the final method in the command line.
Example
The following example configures the http authentication.
Console (config)# line console
Console (config-line)# enable authentication default
Keyword Source or destination
local Uses the local username database for authentication.
none Uses no authentication.
radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication.
tacacs Uses the list of all TACACS servers for authentication.
Console (config)# ip http authentication radius local
Console (config)# ip http authentication tacacs local
70 AAA Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
ip https authentication
The
ip https authentication
Global Configuration mode command specifies authentication
methods for https servers. To return to the default, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip https authentication
method1
[
method2
...]
no ip https authentication
•
method1
[
method2
...]—Specify at least one from the following table:
Default Configuration
The local user database is checked. This has the same effect as the command
ip https
authentication local
.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an
error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an
error, specify
none
as the final method in the command line.
Example
The following example configures https authentication.
show authentication methods
The
authentication methods
Privilege EXEC mode command displays information about the
authentication methods.
Keyword Source or destination
local Uses the local username database for authentication.
none Uses no authentication.
radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication.
tacacs Uses the list of all TACACS servers for authentication.
Console (config)# ip https authentication radius local
Console (config)# ip https authentication tacacs local
AAA Commands 71
Syntax
show authentication methods
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the authentication configuration.
72 AAA Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
password
The
password
Line Configuration mode command specifies a password on a line. To remove the
password, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
password
password
[
encrypted
]
no password
•
password
—Password for this level, from 1 to 159 characters in length.
•
encrypted
—Encrypted password to be entered, copied from another device
configuration.
Console# show authentication methods
Login Authentication Method Lists
-----------------------------------
Console_Default: None
Network_Default: Local
Enable Authentication Method Lists
-----------------------------------
Console_Default: Enable None
Network_Default: Enable
Line Login Method List Enable Method List
-------------- ----------------- ------------------
Console Default Default
Telnet Default Default
SSH Default Default
http : Tacacs Local
https : Tacacs Local
dot1x :
AAA Commands 73
Default Configuration
No password is required.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example specifies a password "secret" on a line.
enable password
The
enable password
Global Configuration mode command sets a local password to control access
to normal and privilege levels. To remove the password requirement, use the
no
form of this
command.
Syntax
enable password
[
level
level
]
password
[
encrypted
]
no enable password
[
level
level
]
•
password
—Password for this level, from 1 to 159 characters in length.
•
level
level
—Level for which the password applies. If not specified the level is 15
(Range: 1-15).
•
encrypted
—Encrypted password entered, copied from another device configuration.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console (config-line)# password secret
74 AAA Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example sets a local level 15 password "secret" to control access to user and privilege
levels.
username
The
username
Global Configuration mode command establishes a username-based authentication
system. To remove a user name use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
username
name
[
password
password
] [
level
level
] [
encrypted
]
no username
name
•
name
—The name of the user. (Range: 1 - 20 characters)
•
password
—The authentication password for the user. (Range: 1 - 159 characters).
•
level
—The user level (Range: 1 -15).
•
encrypted
—Encrypted password entered, copied from another device configuration.
Default Configuration
No user is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• No password is required.
Example
The following example configures user "bob" with the password "lee" and user level 15 to the
system.
show users accounts
The
show users accounts
Privileged EXEC mode command displays information about the local
user database.
Console (config)# enable password level
15 secret
Console (config)# username bob password lee level 15
AAA Commands 75
Syntax
show users accounts
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the local users configured with access to the system.
Console# show users accounts
Username Privilege
-------- ---------
Bob 15
Robert 15
76 AAA Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Address Table Commands 77
Address Table Commands
bridge address
The
bridge address
VLAN Interface Configuration mode command adds a static MAC-layer
station source address to the bridge table. To delete the MAC address, use the
no
form of the
bridge address
command (using the
no
form of the command without specifying a MAC address
deletes all static MAC addresses belonging to this VLAN).
Syntax
bridge address
mac-address
{
ethernet
interface | port-channel port-channel-number
}
[
permanent
|
delete-on-reset
|
delete-on-timeout
|
secure
]
no bridge address
[
mac-address
]
•
mac-address
—A valid MAC address in the format of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx.
•
interface—
A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—
A valid port-channel number.
•
permanent—
The address can only be deleted by the
no bridge address
command.
•
delete-on-reset
—The address is deleted after reset.
•
delete-on-timeout—
The
address is deleted after "age out" time has expired.
•
secure
—The address is deleted after the port changes mode to unlock learning (
no port
security
command). This parameter is only available when the port is in learning locked
mode.
Default Configuration
No static addresses are defined. The default mode for an added address is
permanent
.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example adds a permanent static MAC-layer station source address 3aa2.64b3.a245
on port g8 to the bridge table.
78 Address Table Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
bridge multicast filtering
The
bridge multicast filtering
Global Configuration mode command enables filtering of multicast
addresses. To disable filtering of multicast addresses, use the
no
form of the
bridge multicast
filtering
command.
Syntax
bridge multicast filtering
no bridge multicast filtering
Default Configuration
Disabled. All multicast addresses are flooded to all ports.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• If devices exist on the VLAN, do not change the unregistered multicast addresses state to
drop on the devices ports.
• If multicast routers exist on the VLAN and IGMP-snooping is not enabled, the
bridge
multicast forward-all
command should be used to enable forwarding all multicast packets to
the multicast routers.
Example
In this example, bridge multicast filtering is enabled.
bridge multicast address
The
bridge multicast address
Interface Configuration mode command registers MAC-layer
multicast addresses to the bridge table, and adds static ports to the group. To unregister the MAC
address, use the
no
form of the
bridge multicast address
command.
Syntax
bridge multicast address
{
mac-multicast-address
|
ip-multicast-address
}
Console (config)# interface vlan 2
Console (config-vlan)# bridge address 3a:a2:64:b3:a2:45 ethernet
g8 permanent
Console (config)# bridge multicast filtering
Address Table Commands 79
bridge multicast address
{
mac-multicast-address
|
ip-multicast-address
}
[
add
|
remove
]
{
ethernet
interface-list | port-channel port-channel-number-list
}
no bridge multicast address
{
mac-multicast-address
|
ip-multicast-address
}
•
add
—Adds ports to the group. If no option is specified, this is the default option.
•
remove
—Removes ports from the group.
•
mac-multicast-address
—MAC multicast address in the format of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx.
•
ip- multicast-address
—IP multicast address.
•
interface-list
—Separate nonconsecutive Ethernet ports with a comma and no spaces; a
hyphen is used to designate a range of ports.
•
port-channel-number-list
—Separate nonconsecutive port-channels with a comma and no
spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of ports.
Default Configuration
No multicast addresses are defined.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
• If the command is executed without
add
or
remove
, the command only registers the group in
the bridge database.
• Static multicast addresses can only be defined on static VLANs.
Examples
The following example registers the MAC address:
The following example registers the MAC address and adds ports statically.
Console (config)# interface vlan 8
Console (config-if)# bridge multicast address 01:00:5e:02:02:03
Console (config)# interface vlan 8
Console (config-if)# bridge multicast address 01:00:5e:02:02:03
add ethernet g1-9
80 Address Table Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
bridge multicast forbidden address
The
bridge multicast forbidden address
Interface Configuration mode command forbids adding a
specific multicast address to specific ports. Use the
no
form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
bridge multicast forbidden address
{
mac-multicast-address
|
ip-multicast-address
} {
add
|
remove
} {
ethernet
interface-list | port-channel port-channel-number-list
}
no bridge multicast forbidden address
{
mac-multicast-address
|
ip-multicast-address
}
•
add
—Adds ports to the group.
•
remove
—Removes ports from the group.
•
mac-multicast-address
—MAC multicast address in the format of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx.
•
ip- multicast-address
—IP multicast address is in the format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.
•
interface-list—
Separate non consecutive valid Ethernet ports with a comma and no
spaces; hyphen is used to designate a range of ports.
•
port-channel-number-list—
Separate non consecutive valid port-channels with a comma
and no spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of port-channels.
Default Configuration
No forbidden addresses are defined.
Command Modes
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
• Before defining forbidden ports, the multicast group should be registered.
Examples
In this example the MAC address 01:00:5e:02:02:03 is forbidden on port g9 within VLAN 8.
Console (config)# interface vlan 8
Console (config-if)# bridge multicast address 01:00:5e:02:02:03
Console (config-if)# bridge multicast forbidden address
01:00:5e:02:02:03 add ethernet g9
Address Table Commands 81
bridge multicast forward-all
The
bridge multicast forward-all
Interface Configuration mode command enables forwarding of
all multicast packets on a port. To restore the default, use the
no
form of the
bridge multicast
forward-all
command.
Syntax
bridge multicast forward-all
{
add
|
remove
}
{
ethernet
interface-list | port-channel port-
channel-number-list
}
no bridge multicast forward-all
•
add
—Adds ports to the group.
•
remove
—Removes ports from the group.
•
interface-list
—Separate non consecutive valid Ethernet ports with a comma and no
spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of ports.
•
port-channel-number-list
—Separate non consecutive valid port-channels with a comma
and no spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of port-channels.
Default Configuration
Disable forward-all on the specified interface.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
In this example all multicast packets on port g8 are forwarded.
bridge multicast forbidden forward-all
The
bridge multicast forbidden forward-all
Interface Configuration mode command forbids a port
to be a forward-all-multicast port. To restore the default, use the
no
form of the
bridge multicast
forward-all
command.
Console (config)# interface vlan 2
Console (config-if)# bridge multicast forward-all add ethernet
g8
82 Address Table Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
bridge multicast forbidden forward-all
{
add
|
remove
}
{
ethernet
interface-list | port-channel
port-channel-number-list
}
no bridge multicast forward-all
•
add
—Forbids forwarding all multicast packets.
•
remove
—Does not forbid forwarding all multicast packets.
•
interface-list
—Separates non consecutive valid Ethernet ports with a comma and no
spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of ports.
•
port-channel-number-list
—Separates non consecutive valid port-channels with a comma
and no spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of port-channels.
Default Configuration
By default, this setting is disabled (for example, forwarding to the port is not forbidden).
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
• IGMP snooping dynamically discovers multicast router ports. When a multicast router port is
discovered, all the multicast packets are forwarded to it unconditionally.
• This command prevents a port to be a multicast router port.
Example
In this example, forwarding all multicast packets to g6 are forbidden.
bridge aging-time
The
bridge aging-time
Global Configuration mode command sets the address table aging time. To
restore the default, use the
no
form of the
bridge aging-time
command.
Syntax
bridge aging-time
seconds
no bridge aging-time
Console (config)# interface vlan 2
Console (config-if)# bridge multicast forbidden forward-all add
ethernet g6
Address Table Commands 83
•
seconds
—Time is number of seconds. (Range: 10 - 630 seconds)
Default Configuration
300 seconds
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
In this example the bridge aging time is set to 250.
clear bridge
The
clear bridge
Privileged EXEC mode command removes any learned entries from the
forwarding database.
Syntax
clear bridge
• This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
In this example, the bridge tables are cleared.
Console (config)# bridge aging-time 250
Console# clear bridge
84 Address Table Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
port security
The
port security
Interface Configuration mode command locks the port. By locking the port, new
addresses are not learned on the port. To enable new address learning, use the
no
form of the
port
security
command.
Syntax
port security
[
forward
|
discard |
discard-shutdown
] [
trap
seconds
]
no port security
•
forward
—Forwards frames with unlearned source addresses, but does not learn the
address.
•
discard
—Discards frames with unlearned source addresses. This is the default if no
option is indicated.
•
discard-shutdown
—Discards frames with unlearned source addresses. The port is also
shut down.
•
trap
Seconds
—Sends SNMP traps and defines the minimal amount of time in seconds
between two consecutive traps. (Range: 1 - 1,000,000)
Default Configuration
Disabled - No port security
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
In this example, frame forwarding is enabled without learning, and with traps sent every 100
seconds on port g1.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g1
Console (config-if)# port security forward trap 100
Console (config-if)# port security discard trap 100
Console (config-if)# port security discard-shutdown trap 100
Address Table Commands 85
port security routed secure-address
The
port security routed secure-address
Interface Configuration mode command adds MAC-layer
secure addresses to a routed port. Use the
no
form of this command to delete the MAC addresses.
Syntax
port security routed secure-address
mac-address
no port security routed secure-address
mac-address
•
mac-address
—Specify a MAC address in the format of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx.
Default Configuration
No addresses are defined.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel). Cannot be configured for a range of
interfaces (range context).
User Guidelines
• The command enables adding secure MAC addresses to a routed ports in port security mode.
The command is available when the port is a routed port and in port security mode. The
address is deleted if the port exits the security mode or is not a routed port.
Example
In this example, the MAC-layer address 66:66:66:66:66:66 is added to port g1.
show bridge address-table
The
show bridge address-table
Privileged EXEC mode command displays all entries in the bridge-
forwarding database.
Syntax
show bridge address-table
[
vlan
vlan
] [
ethernet
interface |
port-channel
port-channel-
number
]
•
vlan
—Specific valid VLAN, such as VLAN 1.
•
interface—
A valid Ethernet port
.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g1
Console (config-if)# port security routed secure-address
66:66:66:66:66:66
86 Address Table Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
port-channel-number
—A valid port-channel number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• Internal usage VLANs (VLANs that are automatically allocated on routed ports) would be
presented in the VLAN column by a port number and not by a VLAN ID.
Example
In this example, all classes of entries in the bridge-forwarding database are displayed.
Address Table Commands 87
show bridge address-table static
The
show bridge address-table static
Privileged EXEC mode command displays statically created
entries in the bridge-forwarding database.
Syntax
show bridge address-table static
[
vlan
vlan
] [
ethernet
interface |
port-channel
port-channel-
number
]
•
vlan
—Specific valid VLAN, such as VLAN 1.
•
interface—
A valid Ethernet port
.
•
port-channel-number
—A valid port-channel number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
In this example, all static entries in the bridge-forwarding database are displayed.
Console# show bridge address-table
Aging time is 300 sec
vlan mac address port type
---- ----------- ---- ----
1 00:60:70:4C:73:FF g8 dynamic
1 00:60:70:8C:73:FF g7 dynamic
200 00:10:0D:48:37:FF g4 static
8 00:10:0D:48:37:FF g2 dynamic
88 Address Table Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show bridge address-table count
The
show bridge address-table count
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the number of
addresses present in all VLANs or in a specific VLAN.
Syntax
show bridge address-table count
[
vlan
vlan
]
•
vlan
—Specific VLAN.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• This command displays the count for 1 VLAN, for all VLANs or for a specific port.
• No commas are allowed.
Example
In this example, the number of addresses present in the VLANs are displayed.
Console# show bridge address-table static
Aging time is 300 sec
vlan mac address port type
---- ----------- ---- ----
1 00:60:70:4C:73:FF g8 permanent
1 00:60:70:8C:73:FF g8 delete-on-timeout
200 00:10:0D:48:37:FF g8 delete-on-reset
Address Table Commands 89
show bridge multicast address-table
The
show bridge multicast address-table
Privileged EXEC mode command displays multicast
MAC address table information.
Syntax
show bridge multicast address-table
[
vlan
vlan-id
]
[
address
mac-multicast-address
|
ip-
multicast-address
] [
format
ip
|
mac
]
•
vlan_id
—A VLAN ID value.
•
mac-multicast-address
—A MAC multicast address in the format of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx.
•
ip-multicast-address—
An IP multicast address.
•
format
—
Multicast address format. Can be
ip
or
mac
. If format is unspecified, the default
is
mac
.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
In this example, multicast MAC address table information is displayed.
Console# show bridge address-table count
Capacity: 8192
Free: 8084
Used: 108
Static addresses: 2
Dynamic addresses: 97
Internal addresses: 9
90 Address Table Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
NOTE: A multicast MAC address maps to multiple IP addresses, as shown above.
Console # show bridge multicast address-table
Vlan MAC Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ----- ----------
1 01:00:5e:02:02:03 static g1, g2
19 01:00:5e:02:02:08 static g1-8
19 01:00:5e:02:02:08 dynamic g9-11
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
Vlan MAC Address Ports
---- ----------- ----------
1 01:00:5e:02:02:03 g8
19 01:00:5e:02:02:08 g8
Console # show bridge multicast address-table format ip
Vlan IP Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ----- ----------
1 224-239.130|2.2.3 static g1,g2
19 224-239.130|2.2.8 static g1-8
19 224-239.130|2.2.8 dynamic g9-11
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
Vlan IP Address Ports
---- ----------- ----------
1 224-239.130|2.2.3 g8
19 224-239.130|2.2.8 g8
Address Table Commands 91
show bridge multicast filtering
The
show bridge multicast filtering
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the multicast
filtering configuration.
Syntax
show bridge multicast filtering
vlan-id
•
vlan_id—
A valid VLAN ID value.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
In this example, the multicast configuration for VLAN 1 is displayed.
show ports security
The
show ports security
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the port-lock status.
Syntax
show ports security
[
ethernet
interface |
port-channel
port-channel-number
]
•
interface
—A valid Ethernet port
.
•
port-channel-number—
A valid port-channel number
.
Console # show bridge multicast filtering 1
Filtering: Enabled
VLAN: 1
Port Static Status
------- ----------------- -----------
g1 Forbidden Filter
g2 Forward Forward(s)
g3 - Forward(d)
92 Address Table Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
In this example, all classes of entries in the port-lock status are displayed.
Console # show ports security
Port Status Action Trap Frequency Counter
----- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------
g1 Locked Discard Enable 100 88
g2 Unlocked - - - -
g3 Locked Discard,
Shutdown
Disable - -
Frequency: Minimum time in seconds between consecutive traps
Counter: Number of actions since last trap
Clock 93
Clock
clock set
The
clock set
Privileged EXEC mode command manually sets the system clock.
Syntax
clock set
hh:mm:ss day month year
or
clock set
hh:mm:ss month day year
•
hh:mm:ss
—Current time in hours (military format), minutes, and seconds (0 - 23, mm: 0
- 59, ss: 0 - 59
).
•
day
—Current day (by date) in the month (1 - 31)
.
•
month
—Current month using the first three letters by name (Jan, …, Dec).
•
year
—Current year (2000 - 2097).
Default Configuration
The default time set is 0:0:0:0 Jan 1 2000 or xxxxx Month Day Year.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example sets the system time to 13:32:00 on the 7th March 2002.
clock source
The
clock source
Privileged EXEC mode command configures an external time source for the
system clock.
Syntax
clock source
{
sntp
}
no clock source
•
sntp
—SNTP servers
Console# clock set 13:32:00 7 Mar 2002
94 Clock
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
No external clock source
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example configures an external time source for the system clock.
clock timezone
The
clock timezone
Global Configuration mode command sets the time zone for display purposes.
To set the time to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
clock timezone
hours-offset
[
minutes
minutes-offset
] [
zone
acronym
]
no clock timezone
•
hours-offset—
Hours difference from UTC. (Range: -12
– +
13)
•
minutes
minutes-offset—
Minutes difference from UTC. (Range: 0
–
59)
•
zone
acronym—
The acronym of the time zone. (Range: Up to 4 characters)
Default Configuration
UTC
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The system internally keeps time in UTC, so this command is used only for display purposes
and when the time is manually set.
Examples
The following example sets the timezone to 6 hours difference from UTC.
Console# clock source sntp
Console# (config)# clock timezone -6 zone CST
Clock 95
clock summer-time
The
clock summer-time
Global Configuration mode command configures the system to
automatically switch to summer time (daylight saving time). To configure the software to not
automatically switch to summer time, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
clock summer-time recurring
{
usa
|
eu
| {
week day month hh:mm week day month hh:mm
}}
[
offset
offset
] [
zone
acronym
]
clock summer-time date
date month year hh:mm date month year hh:mm
[
offset
offset
] [
zone
acronym
]
clock summer-time date
month date year hh:mm month date year hh:mm
[
offset
offset
] [
zone
acronym
]
no clock summer-time
•
recurring
—Indicates that summer time should start and end on the corresponding
specified days every year.
•
date
—Indicates that summer time should start on the first specific date listed in the
command and end on the second specific date in the command.
•
usa
—The summer time rules are the United States rules.
•
eu
—The summer time rules are the European Union rules.
•
week—
Week of the month. (Range: 1 - 4,
first
,
last
)
•
day—
Day of the week (Range: first three letters by name, like
sun
)
•
date—
Date of the month (Range:1 - 31)
•
month—
Month (Range: first three letters by name)
•
year—
year - no abbreviation (Range: 2000 - 2097)
•
hh:mm—
Time in military format, in hours and minutes (Range: hh: 0 - 23, mm:0 - 59)
•
offset
offset—
Number of minutes to add during summer time (Range: 1 - 1440).
•
zone
acronym
—The acronym of the time zone to be displayed when summer time is in
effect. If unspecified default to the timezone acronym. (Range: Up to 4 characters)
Default Configuration
Summer time is disabled.
offset
offset—
default is 60
zone
acronym
— If unspecified default to the timezone acronym.
If the timezone has not been defined, the default will be UTC.
96 Clock
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• In both the
date
and
recurring
forms of the command, the first part of the command specifies
when summer time begins, and the second part specifies when it ends. All times are relative to
the local time zone. The start time is relative to standard time. The end time is relative to
summer time. If the starting month is chronologically after the ending month, the system
assumes that you are in the southern hemisphere.
• USA rule for daylight saving time:
• Start: First Sunday in April
• End: Last Sunday in October
• Time: 2 am local time
• EU rule for daylight saving time:
• Start: Last Sunday in March
• End: Last Sunday in October
• Time: 1.00 am (01:00) Greenwich Mean Time (GMT)
Examples
The following example sets summer time starting on the first Sunday in April at 2am and finishing
on the last Sunday in October at 2 am.
sntp authentication-key
The
sntp authentication-key
Global Configuration mode command defines an authentication key
for Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). To remove the authentication key for SNTP, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
sntp authentication-key
number
md5
value
no sntp authentication-key
number
•
number—
Key number (Range: 1 - 4294967295)
•
value—
Key value (Range: Up to 8 characters)
Default Configuration
No authentication key is defined.
Console (config)# clock summer-time recurring first sun apr 2:00
last sun oct 2:00
Clock 97
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Multiple keys can be generated.
Examples
The following example defines the authentication key for SNTP.
sntp authenticate
The
sntp authenticate
Global Configuration mode command grants authentication for received
Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from servers. To disable the feature, use the
no
form of this
command.
Syntax
sntp authenticate
no sntp authenticate
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
No authentication
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The command is relevant for both unicast and broadcast.
Examples
The following example defines the authentication key for SNTP and grants authentication.
Console(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey
Console(config)# sntp trusted-key 8
Console(config)# sntp authenticate
Console(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey
Console(config)# sntp trusted-key 8
Console(config)# sntp authenticate
98 Clock
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
sntp trusted-key
The
sntp trusted-key
Global Configuration mode command authenticates the identity of a system
to which Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) will synchronize. To disable authentication of the
identity of the system, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
sntp trusted-key
key-number
no sntp trusted-key
key-number
•
key-number—
Key number of authentication key to be trusted. (Range: 1 - 4294967295)
Default Configuration
Not trusted.
Command Mode
Global configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The command is relevant for both received unicast and broadcast.
• If there is at least 1 trusted key, then unauthenticated messages will be ignored.
Examples
The following example authenticates key 8.
sntp client poll timer
The
sntp client poll timer
Global Configuration mode command sets the polling time for the
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client. To return to default, use the
no
form of this
command.
Syntax
sntp client poll timer
seconds
no sntp client poll timer
•
seconds—
Polling interval in seconds (Range: 60-86400)
Console(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey
Console(config)# sntp trusted-key 8
Console(config)# sntp authenticate
Clock 99
Default Configuration
1024
Command Mode
Global configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example sets the polling time for the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client
to 120 seconds.
sntp broadcast client enable
The
sntp broadcast client enable
Global Configuration mode command enables the Simple
Network Time Protocol (SNTP) broadcast clients. To disable the SNTP broadcast clients, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
sntp broadcast client enable
no sntp broadcast client enable
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The
sntp broadcast client enable
Interface Configuration mode command enables the device
to receive broadcast transmissions globally and on ALL interfaces.
• Use the
sntp client enable
Interface Configuration mode command to enable the SNTP
client on a specific interface.
Examples
The following example enables the SNTP broadcast clients.
Console (config)# sntp client poll timer 120
Console (config)# sntp broadcast client enable
100 Clock
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
sntp anycast client enable
The
sntp anycast client enable
Global Configuration mode command enables anycast client. To
disable the polling for SNTP broadcast client, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
sntp anycast client enable
no sntp anycast client enable
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
User Guidelines
• Polling time is determined by the
sntp client poll timer
Global Configuration mode
command.
• Use the
sntp client enable
Interface Configuration mode command to enable the SNTP
client on a specific interface.
Examples
The following example enables anycast clients.t
sntp client enable (interface)
The
sntp client enable
Interface Configuration mode command enables the Simple Network Time
Protocol (SNTP) client on an interface. This applies to both receive broadcast and unicast updates.
To disable the SNTP client, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
sntp client enable
no sntp client enable
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Disabled
Console (config-if)# sntp anycast client enable
Clock 101
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel, VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
• Use the
sntp client enable
Global Configuration mode command to enable broadcast clients
globally.
• Use the
sntp anycast client enable
Global Configuration mode command to enable anycast
clients globally.
Examples
The following example enables the SNTP client on the interface.
sntp unicast client enable
The
sntp unicast client enable
Global Configuration mode command enables the device to use the
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) to request and accept Network Time Protocol (NTP)
traffic from servers. To disable requesting and accepting Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from
servers, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
sntp unicast client enable
no sntp unicast client enable
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Use the
sntp server
command to define SNTP servers.
Examples
The following example enables the device to use the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) to
request and accept Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from servers.
Console (config)# sntp client enable
Console (config)# sntp unicast client enable
102 Clock
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
sntp unicast client poll
The
sntp unicast client poll
Global Configuration mode command enables polling for the Simple
Network Time Protocol (SNTP) predefined unicast clients. To disable the polling for SNTP client,
use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
sntp unicast client poll
no sntp unicast client poll
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Polling time is determined by the
sntp client poll timer
Global Configuration mode
command.
Examples
The following example enables polling for the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) predefined
unicast clients.
sntp server
The
sntp server
Global Configuration mode command configures the device to use the Simple
Network Time Protocol (SNTP) to request and accept Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from a
server. To remove a server from the list of NTP servers, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
sntp server
ip-address
|
hostname
[
poll
] [
key
keyid
]
no sntp server
host
•
ip-address
—IP address of the server.
•
hostname—
Hostname of the server. (Range: 1 - 158 characters)
•
poll
—
Enable polling.
•
key
keyid—
Authentication key to use when sending packets to this peer. (Range:1 –
4294967295)
Console (config)# sntp unicast client poll
Clock 103
Default Configuration
No servers are defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Up to 8 SNTP servers can be defined.
• Use the
sntp unicast client enable
Global Configuration mode command to enable
predefined unicast clients globally.
• To enable polling you should also use the
sntp unicast client poll
Global Configuration mode
command for global enabling.
• Polling time is determined by the
sntp client poll timer
Global Configuration mode
command.
• If multiple servers are added then the updates applied are determined by the following:
Unicast Server updates take precedence, followed by Anycast and then Broadcast.
Examples
The following example configures the device to accept Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from
the server on 192.1.1.1.
show clock
The
show clock
User EXEC mode command displays the time and date from the system clock.
Syntax
show clock [detail]
•
detail
—
Shows timezone and summertime configuration.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
Console (config)# sntp server 192.1.1.1
104 Clock
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• The symbol that precedes the show clock display indicates the following:
Example
The following example displays the time and date from the system clock.
Symbol Description
* Time is not authoritative.
(blank) Time is authoritative.
. Time is authoritative, but SNTP is not synchronized.
Console# show clock
15:29:03 PDT(UTC-7) Jun 17 2002
Time source is SNTP
Device> show clock detail
15:29:03 PDT(UTC-7) Jun 17 2002
Time source is SNTP
Time zone:
Acronym is PST
Offset is UTC-8
Summertime:
Acronym is PDT
Recurring every year.
Begins at first Sunday of April at 2:00.
Ends at last Sunday of October at 2:00.
Offset is 60 minutes.
Clock 105
show sntp configuration
The
show sntp configuration
Privileged EXEC mode command shows the configuration of the
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP).
Syntax
show sntp configuration
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
Console# show sntp configuration
Polling interval: 7200 seconds
MD5 Authentication keys: 8, 9
Authentication is required for synchronization.
Trusted Keys: 8,9
Unicast Clients Polling: Enabled.
Server Polling Encryption Key
106 Clock
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show sntp status
The
show sntp status
Privileged EXEC mode command shows the status of the Simple Network
Time Protocol (SNTP).
Syntax
show sntp status
• This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example shows the status of the SNTP.
----------- -------- -----------------
176.1.1.8 Enabled 9
176.1.8.179 Disabled Disabled
Broadcast Clients: Enabled
Broadcast Clients Poll:
Enabled
Broadcast Interfaces: g1, g3
Console# show sntp status
Clock is synchronized, stratum 4, reference is 176.1.1.8
Reference time is AFE2525E.70597B34 (00:10:22.438 PDT Jul 5 1993)
Unicast servers:
Server Preference Status Last response Offset
[mSec]
Delay
[mSec]
--------- ---------- ------ --------------- ----- ------
176.1.1.8 Primary Up AFE252C1.6DBDDFF2 7.33 117.79
Clock 107
176.1.8.179 Secondary Unknown AFE21789.643287C9 8.98 189.19
Broadcast:
Interface IP address Last response
--------- ---------- ------------------------
176.1.1.8 Primary AFE252C1.6DBDDFF2
176.1.8.179 Secondary AFE21789.643287C9
108 Clock
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Configuration and Image Files 109
Configuration and Image Files
delete startup-config
The
delete startup-config
Privileged EXEC mode command deletes the startup-config file.
Syntax
delete startup-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example deletes the startup-config file.
copy
The
copy
Privileged EXEC mode command copies files from a source to a destination.
Syntax
copy
source-url destination-url
[
SNMP
]
•
source-url
—The source file location URL or reserved keyword being copied.
•
destination-url
—The destination file URL or reserved keyword.
•
SNMP—
Used only when copying from/to
startup-config
. Specifies that the
destination/source file is in SNMP format
The following table displays keywords aliases to URL:
Console# delete startup-config
110 Configuration and Image Files
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• The location of a file system dictates the format of the source or destination URL.
• The entire copying process may take several minutes and differs from protocol to protocol
and from network to network.
Understanding Invalid Combinations of Source and Destination
Some invalid combinations of source and destination exist. Specifically, the following cannot
be copied:
• If the source file and destination file are the same file.
•
xmodem
cannot be a destination.
Can only be copied to
image
,
boot
and
null
.
•
tftp
cannot be the source and destination on the same copy.
• Active Image is the image the system currently boots from (see "show bootvar"
command) or set to boot next from. Non active image is the spare image location.
Keyword Source or destination
flash Source or destination URL for Flash memory. It’s the default in case a
URL is specified without a prefix
running-config Represents the current running configuration file.
startup-config Represents the startup configuration file.
backup-config Represents the backup configuration file.
image If source file, represent the active image file. If destination file, represent
the non-active image file.
boot Boot file.
tftp: Source or destination URL for a TFTP network server. The syntax for
this alias is tftp://host/[directory]/filename. The host can be either IP
address or hostname.
xmodem: Source for the file from a serial connection that uses the Xmodem proto-
col.
null: Null destination for copies or files. A remote file can be copied to null to
determine its size.
Configuration and Image Files 111
Copy Character Descriptions:
Copying image file from a Server to Flash Memory
Use the
copy source-url image
command to copy an image file from a server to Flash memory.
Copying boot file from a Server to Flash Memory
Use the
copy source-url boot
command to copy a boot file from a server to Flash memory.
Copying a Configuration File from a Server to the Running Configuration
Use the
copy source-url running-config
command to load a "configuration file" from a
network server to the device "running configuration". The configuration is added to the
"running configuration" as if the commands were typed in the command-line interface (CLI).
The resulting configuration file is a combination of the previous "running configuration" and
the loaded "configuration file", with the loaded "configuration file" having precedence.
Copying a Configuration File from a Server to the Startup Configuration
Use the
copy source-url startup-config
command to copy a "configuration file" from a
network server to the device "startup configuration". These commands replace the startup
configuration file with the copied configuration file.
Storing the Running or Startup Configuration on a Server
Use the copy
running-config
destination-url
command to copy the current configuration file
to a network server using TFTP. Use the copy
startup-config
destination-url
command to
copy the "startup configuration" file to a network server.
The configuration file copy can serve as a backup copy.
Saving the Running Configuration to the Startup Configuration
Use the copy
running-config
startup-config
command to copy the "running configuration" to
the "startup configuration".
Backup the Running Configuration or Startup Configuration to the Backup Configuration
Use the copy
running-config file
command to backup the running configuration to a backup
configuration file. Use the copy
startup-config file
command to backup the startup
configuration a backup configuration file
Character Description
! For network transfers, an exclamation point indicates that the copy process is taking
place. Each exclamation point indicates the successful transfer of ten packets (512 bytes
each).
.For network transfers, a period indicates that the copy process timed out. Many periods
in a row typically mean that the copy process may fail.
112 Configuration and Image Files
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example copies a system image named file1 from the TFTP server with an IP address
of 172.16.101.101 to non active image file.
boot system
The
boot system
Privileged EXEC mode command specifies the system image that the device
loads at startup.
Syntax
boot system
{
image-1
|
image-2
}
•
image-1
—Specifies image 1 as the system startup image.
•
image-2
—Specifies image 2 as the system startup image.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• Use the
show bootvar
command to find out which image is the active image.
Examples
The following example loads system image 1 for the next device startup.
Console# copy tftp://172.16.101.101/file1 image
Accessing file 'file1' on 172.16.101.101...
Loading file1 from 172.16.101.101:
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! [OK]
Copy took 0:01:11 [hh:mm:ss]
Console# boot system image-1
Configuration and Image Files 113
show running-config
The
show running-config
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the contents of the currently
running configuration file.
Syntax
show running-config
[
sort
type
]
•
sort
type
—Specifies the sorting type of the file. Can be one of the following values:
interface
,
feature
.
Default Configuration
Sort type defaults to
interface
if unspecified.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
•
show running-config
does not show all the port configurations under the port. Although the
device is already configured with some default parameters,”show running config” on an
empty device is empty.
114 Configuration and Image Files
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Examples
The following example displays the contents of the running-config file.
show startup-config
The
show startup-config
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the startup configuration file
contents.
Syntax
show startup-config
[
sort
type
]
Console# show running-config
no spanning-tree
vlan database
vlan 2
exit
interface range ethernet g(1-2)
switchport access vlan 2
exit
interface vlan 2
bridge address 00:00:00:00:00:01 ethernet g1
exit
interface ethernet g1
gvrp enable
exit
gvrp enable
interface ethernet g24
ip address dhcp
exit
ip name-server 10.6.1.36
console#
Configuration and Image Files 115
•
sort
type
—Specifies the sorting type of the file. Can be one of the following values:
interface
,
feature
.
Default Configuration
Sort type defaults to
interface
if unspecified.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
116 Configuration and Image Files
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Examples
The following example displays the contents of the startup-config file.
show backup-config
The
show backup-config
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the backup configuration file
contents.
Syntax
show backup-config
Console# show startup-config
no spanning-tree
vlan database
vlan 2
exit
interface range ethernet g(1-2)
switchport access vlan 2
exit
interface vlan 2
bridge address 00:00:00:00:00:01 ethernet g1
exit
interface ethernet g1
gvrp enable
exit
gvrp enable
interface ethernet g24
ip address dhcp
exit
ip name-server 10.6.1.36
console#
Configuration and Image Files 117
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
Console# show backup-config
software version 1.1
hostname device
interface ethernet g1
ip address 176.242.100.100 255.255.255.0
duplex full
speed 1000
interface ethernet g2
ip address 176.243.100.100 255.255.255.0
duplex full
speed 1000
118 Configuration and Image Files
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show bootvar
The
show bootvar
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the active system image file that the
device loads at startup.
Syntax
show bootvar
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example displays the active system image file that the device loads at startup.
Console# show bootvar
Images currently available on the FLASH
image-1 active (selected for next boot)
image-2 not active
Ethernet Configuration Commands 119
Ethernet Configuration Commands
interface ethernet
The
interface ethernet
Global Configuration mode command enters the interface configuration
mode to configure an Ethernet type interface.
Syntax
interface ethernet
interface
•
interface—
Valid Ethernet port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example enables ports g8 for configuration.
interface range ethernet
The
interface range ethernet
Global Configuration mode command enters the interface
configuration mode to configure multiple Ethernet type interfaces.
Syntax
interface range ethernet
{
port-range | all
}
•
port-range—
List of valid ports to add. Separate non consecutive ports with a comma and
no spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of ports.
•
all
—All Ethernet ports.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g8
Console(config-if)#
120 Ethernet Configuration Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Commands under the interface range context are executed independently on each active
interface in the range. If the command returns an error on one of the active interfaces, it does
not stop executing commands on other active interfaces.
Example
The following example shows how ports g18 to g20 and ports g22 to g24 are grouped to receive the
same command.
shutdown
The
shutdown
Interface Configuration mode command disables interfaces. To restart a disabled
interface, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
Default Configuration
The interface is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example disables port g5.
Console(config)# interface range ethernet g18 - g20, g22 - g24
Console(config-if)#
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# shutdown
Ethernet Configuration Commands 121
The following example re-enables port g5.
description
The
description
Interface Configuration mode command adds a description to an interface. To
remove the description use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
description
string
no description
•
string
—Comment or a description of the port up to 64 characters.
Default Configuration
By default, the interface does not have a description.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example adds a description to the Ethernet g5.
speed
The
speed
Interface Configuration mode command configures the speed of a given Ethernet
interface when not using auto-negotiation. To restore the default, use the
no
form of this
command.
Syntax
speed
{
100
|
1000
|
10000
}
no speed
•
100
—Force 100 Mbps operation.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# no shutdown
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# description RD SW#3
122 Ethernet Configuration Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
1000
—Force 1000 Mbps operation.
•
10000
—Force 10000 Mbps operation.
Default Configuration
Maximum port capability.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• The command "
no speed
" in port-channel context returns each port in the port-channel to its
maximum capability.
Example
The following example configures the speed operation of Ethernet g5 to force 100-Mbps operation.
duplex
The
duplex
Interface Configuration mode command configures the full/half duplex operation of a
given Ethernet interface when not using auto-negotiation. To restore the default, use the
no
form
of this command.
Syntax
duplex
{
half
|
full
}
no duplex
•
half
—Force half-duplex operation
•
full
—Force full-duplex operation
Default Configuration
The interface is set to full duplex.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
• Before attempting to force a particular duplex mode on the port operating at 10/100/1000
Mbps, disable the auto-negotiation on that port.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# speed 100
Ethernet Configuration Commands 123
• Half duplex mode can be set only for ports operating at 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps.
Example
The following example configures the duplex operation of Ethernet g5 to force full duplex
operation.
negotiation
The
negotiation
Interface Configuration mode command enables auto-negotiation operation for
the speed and duplex parameters of a given interface. To disable negotiation, use the
no
form of
this command.
Syntax
negotiation
no negotiation
Default Configuration
auto-negotiation
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• Turning off auto-negotiation on an aggregate link may, under some circumstances, make it
non-operational. If the other side has auto-negotiation turned on, it may re-synchronize all
members of the aggregated link to half-duplex operation, and may, as per the standards, set
them all inactive.
Example
The following example enables autonegotiation on Ethernet g5.
flowcontrol
The
flowcontrol
Interface Configuration mode command configures the Flow Control on a given
interface. To restore the default, use the
no
form of this command.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# duplex full
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# negotiation
124 Ethernet Configuration Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
flowcontrol
{
auto | on
|
off
}
no flowcontrol
•
auto
—Enables auto-negotiation of Flow Control.
•
on
—Enables Flow Control.
•
off
—Disables Flow Control.
Default Configuration
Flow Control is off.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• Flow Control will operate only if duplex mode is set to FULL. Back Pressure will operate only
if duplex mode is set to HALF.
• When Flow Control is ON, the head-of-line-blocking mechanism of this port is disabled.
• If a link is set to NOT use auto-negotiation, the other side of the link must also be configured
to not use auto-negotiation.
• To select
auto
, ensure negotiation for Flow Control is enabled.
Example
In the following example, Flow Control is enabled on g5.
mdix
The
mdix
Interface Configuration mode command enables automatic crossover on a given
interface. To disable automatic crossover, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
mdix {on | auto}
no mdix
•
on
—Manual mdix
•
auto
—Auto mdi/mdix
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# flowcontrol on
Ethernet Configuration Commands 125
Default Configuration
Automatic crossover is enabled
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
•
Mdix Auto:
All possibilities to connect a PC with cross OR normal cables are supported and
are automatically detected.
•
Mdix ON
: It is possible to connect to a PC only with a normal cable and to connect to
another switch ONLY with a cross cable.
• If MDIX is set to "no mdix", the device works opposite from the "MDIX On" behavior. With
this setting you can only use either an ethernet standard cross-over cable to connect to a PC,
or an ethernet standard cable to connect to another switch.
Example
In the following example, automatic crossover is enabled on g5.
back-pressure
The
back-pressure
Interface Configuration mode command enables Back Pressure on a given
interface. To disable Back Pressure, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
back-pressure
no back-pressure
Default Configuration
Back Pressure is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• Back Pressure will operate only if duplex mode is set to half.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# mdix auto
126 Ethernet Configuration Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
In the following example Back Pressure is enabled on g5.
port jumbo-frame
The
port jumbo-frame
Global Configuration mode command enables jumbo frames for the device.
The size of the port jumbo frame is 10K. To disable jumbo frames, use the
no
form of this
command.
Syntax
port jumbo-frame
no port jumbo-frame
Default Configuration
Jumbo Frames are not enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The command would be effective only after reset.
Example
In the following example, Jumbo Frames are enabled on the device.
clear counters
The
clear counters
User
EXEC mode command clears statistics on an interface.
Syntax
clear counters
[
ethernet
interface
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
]
•
interface—
Valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—
Valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# back-pressure
Console(config)# port jumbo-frame
Ethernet Configuration Commands 127
Command Mode
User
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
In the following example, the counters for interface g1 are cleared.
set interface active
The
set interface active
Privileged
EXEC mode command reactivates an interface that was
suspended by the system.
Syntax
set interface active
{
ethernet
interface
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
}
•
interface
—Valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—
Valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privilege EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• This command is used to activate interfaces that were configured to be active, but were
shutdown for some reason.
Example
The following example activates interface g5, which is disabled.
show interfaces configuration
The
show interfaces configuration
Privilege
EXEC mode command displays the configuration for
all configured interfaces.
Console# clear counters ethernet g1
Console# set interface active ethernet g5
128 Ethernet Configuration Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show interfaces configuration [ethernet interface
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
|
•
interface
—Valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number
—Valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Modes
Privilege
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the configuration for all configured interfaces:
Console# show interfaces configuration
Port Type Duplex Speed Neg Flow
Control
Admin
State
Back
Pressure
Mdix
Mode
---- ---- ------ ------ ---- ------ ----- ------ ----
g1 1G Full 1000 Auto On Up Enable Auto
g2 1G Full 100 Off Off Up Disable Off
g3 1G Full 1000 Off Off Up Disable On
Ch Type Speed Neg Flow
Control
Back
Pressure
Admin
State
--- ---- ----- --- ----- -------- -----
1 1000 1000 Off Off Disable Up
Ethernet Configuration Commands 129
The displayed port configuration information includes the following:
•
Port
—The port number.
•
Port Type
—The port designated IEEE shorthand identifier. For example 1000Base-T refers to
1000 Mbps baseband signaling.
•
Duplex
—Displays the port Duplex status.
•
Speed
—Refers to the port speed.
•
Neg
—Describes the Auto-negotiation status.
•
Flow Control
—Displays the Flow Control status.
•
Back Pressure
—Displays the Back Pressure status.
•
MDIX Mode
—Displays the Auto-crossover status.
•
Admin State
—Displays whether the port is enabled or disabled.
show interfaces status
The
show interfaces status
User EXEC mode command displays the status for all configured
interfaces.
Syntax
show interfaces status [ethernet interface
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
]
•
interface
—A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—
A valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privilege EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the status for all configured interfaces.
130 Ethernet Configuration Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Console# show interfaces status
Port Type Duplex Speed Neg Flow
Control
Back
Pressur
e
MDIX
Mode
Link
State
---- ----- ------ ---- ---- ------ ----- ------ ----
g1 1G Copper Full 100 Auto On Enable On Up
g2 1G Copper Full 100 Off Off Disable Off Down *
g23 1G Fiber Full 1000 Off Off Disable On Up
Ch Type Duplex Speed Neg Flow
Control
Back
Pressur
e
Link
State
--- ---- ----- --- ----- ------- ------- ------
1 1000 Full 1000 Off Off Disable Up
* The interface was suspended by the system.
Ethernet Configuration Commands 131
The displayed port status information includes the following:
•
Port
—The port number.
•
Description
—If the port has a description, the description is displayed.
•
Port Type
—The port designated IEEE shorthand identifier. For example, 1000Base-T refers to
1000 Mbps baseband signaling.
•
Duplex
—Displays the port Duplex status.
•
Speed
—Refers to the port speed.
•
Neg
—Describes the Auto-negotiation status.
•
Flow Control
—Displays the Flow Control status.
•
Back Pressure—
Displays the Back Pressure status.
•
Link State
—Displays the Link Aggregation status.
show interfaces description
The
show interfaces description
User EXEC mode command displays the description for all
configured interfaces.
Syntax
show interfaces description [ethernet
interface
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
]
•
interface—
Valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number
—A valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Modes
Privilege EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the description for the interface g1.
132 Ethernet Configuration Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show interfaces counters
The
show interfaces counters
User EXEC mode command displays traffic seen by the physical
interface.
Syntax
show interfaces counters
[
ethernet
interface
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
]
•
interface—
A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—
A valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Modes
Privilege EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example displays traffic seen by the physical interface:
Console# show interfaces description ethernet g1
Port Description
---- ------------------
g1 Management_port
g2 R&D_port
g3 Finance_port
Ch Description
---- ------------------
Ch 1 Output
Ethernet Configuration Commands 133
Console# show interfaces counters
Port InOctets InUcastPkts InMcastPkts InBcastPkts
------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------
g1 183892 1289 987 8
g2 0 0 0 0
g3 123899 1788 373 19
Port OutOctets OutUcastPkts OutMcastPkts OutBcastPkts
------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------
g4 9188 9 8 0
g5 0 0 0 0
g6 8789 27 8 0
Ch InOctets InUcastPkts InMcastPkts InBcastPkts
------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------
1 27889 928 0 78
Ch OutOctets OutUcastPkts OutMcastPkts OutBcastPkts
------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------
1 23739 882 0 122
134 Ethernet Configuration Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following table describes the fields shown in the display:
The following example displays counters for port g1.
Console# show interfaces counters ethernet g1
Port InOctets InUcastPkts InMcastPkts InBcastPkts
------ ----------- -------------- -------------- -----------
g1 183892 1289 987 8
Port OutOctets OutUcastPkts OutMcastPkts OutBcastPkts
------ ----------- -------------- -------------- -----------
g1 9188 9 8 0
FCS Errors: 8
Single Collision Frames: 0
Multiple Collision Frames: 0
SQE Test Errors: 0
Deferred Transmissions: 0
Late Collisions: 0
Excessive Collisions: 0
Internal MAC Tx Errors: 0
Carrier Sense Errors: 0
Oversize Packets: 0
Internal MAC Rx Errors: 0
Received Pause Frames: 0
Transmitted Pause Frames: 0
Field Description
InOctets Counted received octets.
InUcastPkts Counted received unicast packets.
Ethernet Configuration Commands 135
InMcastPkts Counted received multicast packets.
InBcastPkts Counted received broadcast packets.
OutOctets Counted transmitted octets.
OutUcastPkts Counted transmitted unicast packets.
OutMcastPkts Counted transmitted multicast packets.
OutBcastPkts Counted transmitted broadcast packets.
Alignment Errors A count of frames received that are not an integral number of octets in length
and do not pass the FCS check.
FCS Errors Counted frames received that are an integral number of octets in length but
do not pass the FCS check.
Single Collision Frames Counted frames that are involved in a single collision, and are subsequently
transmitted successfully.
Multiple Collision
Frames
A count of frames that are involved in more than one collision and are
subsequently transmitted successfully
SQE Test Errors A count of times that the SQE TEST ERROR is received. The SQE TEST
ERROR is set in accordance with the rules for verification of the SQE
detection mechanism in the PLS Carrier Sense Function as described in
IEEE Std. 802.3, 2000 Edition, section 7.2.4.6.
Deferred Transmissions A count of frames for which the first transmission attempt is delayed because
the medium is busy.
Late Collisions Counted times that a collision is detected later than one slotTime into the
transmission of a packet.
Excessive Collisions Counted frames for which transmission fails due to excessive collisions.
Internal MAC Tx Errors Counted frames for which transmission fails due to an internal MAC sublayer
transmit error.
Carrier Sense Errors The number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or never
asserted when attempting to transmit a frame.
Oversize Packets Counted frames received that exceed the maximum permitted frame size.
Internal MAC Rx Errors Counted frames for which reception fails due to an internal MAC sublayer
receive error.
136 Ethernet Configuration Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show ports jumbo-frame
The
show ports jumbo-frame
User EXEC mode command displays the jumbo frames
configuration.
Syntax
show ports jumbo-frame
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Symbol Errors For an interface operating at 100 Mb/s, the number of times there was an
invalid data symbol when a valid carrier was present.For an interface
operating in half-duplex mode at 1000 Mb/s, the number of times the
receiving media is non-idle (a carrier event) for a period of time equal to or
greater than slotTime, and during which there was at least one occurrence of
an event that causes the PHY to indicate 'Data reception error' or 'carrier
extend error' on the GMII.For an interface operating in full-duplex mode at
1000 Mb/s, the number of times the receiving media is non-idle (a carrier
event) for a period of time equal to or greater than minFrameSize, and during
which there was at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to
indicate 'Data reception error' on the GMII.For an interface operating at 10
Gb/s, the number of times the receiving media is non-idle (a carrier event) for
a period of time equal to or greater than minFrameSize, and during which
there was at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to indicate
'Receive Error' on the XGMII.
Received Pause Frames Counted MAC Control frames received with an opcode indicating the
PAUSE operation.
Transmitted Pause
Frames
Counted MAC Control frames transmitted on this interface with an opcode
indicating the PAUSE operation.
Ethernet Configuration Commands 137
Example
The following example displays the jumbo frames configuration.
port storm-control include-multicast
The
port storm-control include-multicast
Global Configuration mode command enables the
device to count multicast packets together with broadcast packets. To disable counting of multicast
packets, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
port storm-control include-multicast
no port storm-control include-multicast
There are no arguments or keywords for this command.
Default Configuration
Multicast packets are not counted.
Command Modes
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• To control multicasts storms use the commands
port storm-control broadcast enable
and
port storm-control broadcast rate
.
Example
The following example enables the counting of multicast packets.
port storm-control broadcast enable
The
port storm-control broadcast enable
Interface Configuration mode command enables
broadcast storm control. To disable broadcast storm control, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
port storm-control broadcast enable
Console# show ports jumbo-frame
Jumbo frames are disabled
Jumbo frames will be enabled after reset
Console# configure
Console(config)# port storm-control include-multicast
138 Ethernet Configuration Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
no port storm-control broadcast enable
Default Configuration
Broadcast storm control is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
•Use the port
storm-control broadcast rate
Interface Configuration mode command, to set the
maximum allowable broadcast rate.
• Multicast can be counted as part of the "storm" frames if the
port storm-control include-
multicast
Global Configuration mode command is already executed.
Example
The following example enables broadcast storm control on port g5.
port storm-control broadcast rate
The
port storm-control broadcast rate
Interface Configuration mode command configures the
maximum broadcast rate. Use the
no
form of this command to return to the default value.
port storm-control broadcast rate
rate
no port storm-control broadcast rate
•
rate
—Maximum kilobytes per second of broadcast and multicast traffic on a port. (Rate:
0-65535)
Default Configuration
The default storm control broadcast rate is 1000.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Use the
port storm-control broadcast enable
Interface Configuration mode command to
enable broadcast storm control.
• The granularity is 1 - 64K packets. Note that if the rate is 0, broadcast packets are not
forwarded.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# port storm-control broadcast enable
Ethernet Configuration Commands 139
Example
The following example configures the maximum broadcast rate 10 kilobytes per second.
show ports storm-control
The
show ports storm-control
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the storm control
configuration.
Syntax
show ports storm-control
[
interface
]
•
interface—
A valid Ethernet port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the storm control configuration.
console(config)# interface ethernet g2
console(config-if)# port storm-control broadcast rate 10
console(config)# port storm-control broadcast rate 333
Console# show ports storm-control
Port Broadcast Storm control [Packets/sec]
----- -------------------------------------
g1 333
g2 Disabled
g3 333
g4 Disabled
g5 Disabled
g6 Disabled
g7 Disabled
140 Ethernet Configuration Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
g8 Disabled
g9 Disabled
g10 Disabled
g11 Disabled
g12 Disabled
g13 Disabled
g14 Disabled
g15 Disabled
g16 Disabled
g17 Disabled
g18 Disabled
g19 Disabled
g20 Disabled
g21 Disabled
g22 Disabled
g23 Disabled
g24 Disabled
GVRP Commands 141
GVRP Commands
gvrp enable (global)
GVRP, or GARP VLAN Registration Protocol, is an industry-standard protocol designed to
propagate VLAN information from device to device. With GVRP, a single switch is manually
configured with all desired VLANs for the network, and all other switches on the network learn
these VLANs dynamically.
The
gvrp enable
Global Configuration mode command enables GVRP globally. To disable GVRP
globally on the switch, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
gvrp enable
no gvrp enable
Default Configuration
GVRP is globally disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example globally enables GVRP on the device.
gvrp enable (interface)
The
gvrp enable
Interface Configuration mode command enables GVRP on an interface. To
disable GVRP on an interface, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
gvrp enable
no gvrp enable
Default Configuration
GVRP is disabled on all interfaces by default.
Console (config)# gvrp enable
142 GVRP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• An access port would not dynamically join a VLAN because it is always a member in only one
VLAN.
• Membership in an untagged VLAN would be propagated in a same way as a tagged VLAN. i.e.
in such a case it’s the administrator’s responsibility to set the PVID to be the untagged VLAN
VID.
Example
The following example enables GVRP on ethernet g8.
garp timer
The
garp timer
Interface Configuration mode command adjusts the GARP application join, leave,
and leaveall GARP timer values. To reset the timer to default values, use the
no
form of this
command.
Syntax
garp timer
{
join
|
leave
|
leaveall
}
timer_value
no garp timer
•
join
—Indicates the time in milliseconds that PDUs are transmitted.
(Range: 10-2147483640)
•
leave
—Indicates the amount of time in milliseconds that the device waits before leaving
its GARP state. The Leave Time is activated by a Leave All Time message sent/received,
and cancelled by the Join message. (Range: 10-2147483640)
•
leaveall
—Used to confirm the port within the VLAN. The time in milliseconds between
messages sent. (Range: 10-2147483640)
•
timer_value—
Timer values in milliseconds.
Default Configuration
The default timer values are as follows:
• Join timer—200 milliseconds
• Leave timer—600 milliseconds
• Leavall timer—10000 milliseconds
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# gvrp enable
GVRP Commands 143
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• The timer_value value must be a multiple of 10.
• You must maintain the following relationship for the various timer values:
– ·Leave time must be greater than or equal to three times the join time.
– ·Leave-all time must be greater than the leave time.
• Set the same GARP timer values on all Layer 2-connected devices. If the GARP timers are set
differently on the Layer 2-connected devices, GARP application will not operate successfully.
Example
The following example sets the leave timer for port g8 to 900 milliseconds.
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
The
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
Interface Configuration mode command enables or disables
dynamic VLAN creation. To disable dynamic VLAN creation, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
no gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
Default Configuration
By default, dynamic VLAN creation is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• This command forbids dynamic VLAN creation from the interface. The creation or
modification of dynamic VLAN registration entries as a result of the GVRP exchanges on an
interface are restricted only to those VLANs for which static VLAN registration exists.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# garp timer leave 900
144 GVRP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example disables dynamic VLAN creation on port g8.
gvrp registration-forbid
The
gvrp registration-forbid
Interface Configuration mode command de-registers all dynamic
VLANs, and prevents dynamic VLAN registration on the port. To allow dynamic registering for
VLANs on a port, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
gvrp registration-forbid
no gvrp registration-forbid
Default Configuration
Dynamic registering and deregistering for each VLAN on the port is allowed.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows how default dynamic registering and deregistering is forbidden for
each VLAN on port g8.
clear gvrp statistics
The
clear gvrp statistics
Privileged EXEC mode command clears all the GVRP statistics
information.
Syntax
clear gvrp statistics
[
ethernet
interface
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
]
•
interface—
A valid Ethernet interface.
•
port-channel-number—
A valid port-channel
trunk index.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# gvrp registration-forbid
GVRP Commands 145
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example clears all the GVRP statistics information on port g8.
show gvrp configuration
The
show gvrp configuration
User EXEC mode command displays GVRP configuration
information, including timer values, whether GVRP and dynamic VLAN creation is enabled, and
which ports are running GVRP.
Syntax
show gvrp configuration
[
ethernet
interface
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
]
•
interface
—A valid Ethernet interface.
•
port-channel-number
—A valid
port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows how to display GVRP configuration information:
Console# clear gvrp statistics ethernet g8
146 GVRP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show gvrp statistics
The
show gvrp statistics
User EXEC mode command displays GVRP statistics.
Syntax
show gvrp statistics
[
ethernet
interface
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
]
•
interface
—A valid Ethernet interface.
•
port-channel-number
—A valid trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console# show gvrp configuration
GVRP Feature is currently enabled on the switch.
Maximum VLANs: 256
Port(s) GVRP-
Status
Registration Dynamic
VLAN
Creation
Timers
(milliseconds)
Join
Leave Leave
All
------- ------ ------------ -------- ------------- ----- -----
g1 Enabled Normal Enabled 200 600 10000
g4 Enabled Normal Enabled 200 600 10000
GVRP Commands 147
Example
The following example shows GVRP statistics information:
show gvrp error-statistics
The
show gvrp error-statistics
User EXEC mode command displays GVRP error statistics.
Console# show gvrp statistics
GVRP statistics:
----------------
rJE : Join Empty Received rJIn : Join In Received
rEmp : Empty Received rLIn : Leave In Received
rLE : Leave Empty Received rLA : Leave All Received
sJE : Join Empty Sent sJIn : Join In Sent
sEmp : Empty Sent sLIn : Leave In Sent
sLE : Leave Empty Sent sLA : Leave All Sent
Port rJE rJIn rEmp rLIn rLE rLA sJE sJIn sEmp sLIn sLE sLA
--- --- ---- ---- ---- --- --- --- ---- ---- ---- --- ---
g1000000000000
g2000000000000
g3000000000000
g4000000000000
g5000000000000
g6000000000000
g7000000000000
g8000000000000
148 GVRP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show gvrp error-statistics
[
ethernet
interface
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
]
•
interface—
port.
•
port-channel-number
—A valid
port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays GVRP statistics information.
Console# show gvrp-error statistics
GVRP error statistics:
----------------------
Legend:
INVPROT : Invalid Protocol Id INVPLEN : Invalid PDU Length
INVATYP : Invalid Attribute Type INVALEN : Invalid Attribute Length
INVAVAL : Invalid Attribute Value INVEVENT : Invalid Event
Port INVPROT INVATYP INVAVAL INVALEN INVEVENT
---- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
g1 0 0 0 0 0
g2 0 0 0 0 0
g3 0 0 0 0 0
g4 0 0 0 0 0
g5 0 0 0 0 0
g6 0 0 0 0 0
g7 0 0 0 0 0
g8 0 0 0 0 0
IGMP Snooping Commands 149
IGMP Snooping Commands
ip igmp snooping (Global)
The
ip igmp snooping
Global Configuration mode command enables Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping. To disable IGMP snooping use the
no
form of this
command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping
no ip igmp snooping
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping.
ip igmp snooping (Interface)
The
ip igmp snooping
Interface Configuration mode command enables Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping on a specific VLAN. To disable IGMP snooping on a
VLAN interface, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping
no ip igmp snooping
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping is disabled on all VLANs in the set context.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (VLAN) mode
Console (config)# ip igmp snooping
150 IGMP Snooping Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• IGMP snooping can only be enabled on static VLANs.
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping on VLAN 2.
ip igmp snooping mrouter
The
ip igmp snooping mrouter
Interface Configuration mode command enables automatic
learning of multicast router ports in the context of a specific VLAN. To remove automatic learning
of multicast router ports, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping mrouter learn-pim-dvmrp
no ip igmp snooping mrouter learn-pim-dvmrp
Default Configuration
Automatic learning of mrouter ports is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
• Multicast router ports can be configured statically by the
bridge multicast forward-all
command.
Example
The following example enables automatic learning of multicast router ports on VLANs.
ip igmp snooping host-time-out
The
ip igmp snooping host-time-out
Interface Configuration mode command configures the host-
time-out. If an IGMP report for a multicast group was not received for a host-time-out period, from
a specific port, this port is deleted from the member list of that multicast group. To reset to default
host-time-out use the
no
form of this command.
Console (config)# interface vlan 2
Console (config-if)# ip igmp snooping
Console (config) # interface vlan 2
Console (config-if)# ip igmp snooping mrouter learn-pim-dvmrp
IGMP Snooping Commands 151
Syntax
ip igmp snooping host-time-out
time-out
no ip igmp snooping host-time-out
•
time-out
—Host timeout in seconds. (Range: 1 - 2147483647)
Default Configuration
The default host-time-out is 260 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
• The timeout should be at least greater than 2*query_interval+max_response_time of the
IGMP router.
Example
The following example configures the host timeout to 300 seconds.
ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out
The
ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out
Interface Configuration mode command configures the
mrouter-time-out. The
mrouter-time-out
command is used for setting the aging-out time after
multicast router ports are automatically learned. To configure the default mrouter-time-out, use
the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out
time-out
no ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out
•
time-out
—mrouter timeout in seconds (Range: 1 - 2147483647)
Default Configuration
The default value is 300 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
Console (config)# interface vlan 2
Console (config-if)# ip igmp snooping host-time-out 300
152 IGMP Snooping Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the mrouter timeout to 200 seconds.
ip igmp snooping leave-time-out
The
ip igmp snooping leave-time-out
VLAN Interface Configuration mode command configures
the leave-time-out. If an IGMP report for a multicast group is not received within the leave-time-
out period after an IGMP leave was received from a specific port, the current port is deleted from
the member list of that multicast group. To configure the default leave-time-out, use the
no
form
of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping leave-time-out
{
time-out |
immediate-leave
}
no ip igmp snooping leave-time-out
•
time-out
—leave-time-out in seconds. (Range: 0 - 2147483647)
•
immediate-leave
—Specifies that the port should be immediately removed from the
members list after receiving IGMP Leave.
Default Configuration
The default leave-time-out configuration is 10 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
• The leave timeout should be set greater than the maximum time that a host is allowed to
respond to an IGMP Query.
•Use
immediate leave
only where there is only one host connected to a port.
Example
The following example configures the host leave-time-out to 60 seconds.
Console (config)# interface vlan 2
Console (config-if)# ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out 200
Console (config)# interface vlan 2
Console (config-if)# ip igmp snooping leave-time-out 60
IGMP Snooping Commands 153
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
The
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
User EXEC mode command displays information on
dynamically learned multicast router interfaces.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
[
interface
vlan-id
]
•
vlan_id—
VLAN ID value.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows IGMP snooping mrouter information.
show ip igmp snooping interface
The
show ip igmp snooping interface
User EXEC mode command displays IGMP snooping
configuration.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping interface
vlan-id
•
vlan_id—
VLAN ID value.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Console # show ip igmp snooping mrouter
VLAN Ports
---- ------
2g1
154 IGMP Snooping Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The example displays IGMP snooping information.
show ip igmp snooping groups
The
show ip igmp snooping groups
User EXEC mode command displays the multicast groups
learned by IGMP snooping.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping groups
[
vlan
vlan-id
]
[
address
ip-multicast-address
]
•
vlan_id—
VLAN ID value.
•
ip-multicast-address—
IP multicast address.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• To see the full multicast address table (including static addresses) use the
show bridge
address-table
command.
Console # show ip igmp snooping interface 1
IGMP Snooping is globaly disabled
IGMP Snooping is disabled on VLAN 1
IGMP host timeout is 260 sec
IGMP Immediate leave is disabled. IGMP leave timeout is 60 sec
IGMP mrouter timeout is 300 sec
Automatic learning of multicast router ports is enabled
IGMP Snooping Commands 155
Example
The example shows IGMP snooping information.
Console # show ip igmp snooping groups
Vlan IP Address Querier Ports
----- ------------------ -------- ------------
1 224-239.130|2.2.3 Yes g1, g2
19 224-239.130|2.2.8 Yes g9-11
156 IGMP Snooping Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
IP Addressing Commands 157
IP Addressing Commands
clear host dhcp
The
clear host dhcp
Privileged EXEC mode command deletes entries from the host name-to-
address mapping received from Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
Syntax
clear host dhcp
{
name
| *}
• name—Particular host entry to remove. (Range: 1 - 158 characters.)
• *— Removes all entries.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• This command would delete the host name-to-address mapping temporarily until the next
renew of the IP address.
Examples
The following example deletes all entries from the host name-to-address mapping.
ip address
The
ip address
Interface Configuration mode command sets an IP address. To remove an IP
address, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip address
ip-address
{
mask
|
prefix-length
}
no ip address
[
ip-address
]
•
ip-address
—IP address
•
mask
—Specifies the network mask of the IP address. (Range: Valid Subnet mask)
Console# clear host dhcp *
158 IP Addressing Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
prefix-length
—The number of bits that comprise the IP address prefix. The prefix length
must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 8 -30)
Default Configuration
No IP address is defined for interfaces.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, port-channel)
User Guidelines
• An IP address cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
Example
The following example configures VLAN 1 with the IP address 131.108.1.27 and subnet mask
255.255.255.0.
ip address dhcp
The
ip address dhcp
Interface Configuration mode command acquires an IP address on an
interface from the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. To deconfigure any
acquired address, use the
no
form of this command.
The
no ip address dhcp
command deconfigures any IP address that was acquired, thus sending a
DHCPRELEASE message.
Syntax
ip address dhcp
[
hostname
host-name
]
no ip address dhcp
•
hostname
—Specifies the host name.(Range: 1 - 20 characters)
•
host-name
—DHCP host name. This name need not be the same as the host name
entered in global configuration mode.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, port-channel)
Console (config)# interface vlan 1
Console (config-if)# ip address 131.108.1.27 255.255.255.0
IP Addressing Commands 159
User Guidelines
• The
ip address dhcp
command allows any interface to dynamically learn its IP address by
using the DHCP protocol.
• Some DHCP Servers require that the DHCPDISCOVER message have a specific host name.
The most typical usage of the
ip address dhcp
hostname
host-name
command is when
host-
name
is the host name provided by the system administrator.
• If a device is configured to obtain its IP address from a DHCP server, it sends a
DHCPDISCOVER message to provide information about itself to the DHCP server on the
network.
•If the
ip address dhcp
command is used with or without the optional keyword, the DHCP
option 12 field (host name option) is included in the DISCOVER message. By default, the
specified DHCP host name is the device globally configured host name.
• However, you can use the
ip address dhcp hostname
host-name
command to place a different
name in the DHCP option 12 field than the globally configured host name of the device.
• The
no ip address dhcp
command deconfigures any IP address that was acquired, thus
sending a DHCPRELEASE message.
Example
The following example acquires an IP address on an Ethernet interface from DHCP.
ip default-gateway
The
ip default-gateway
Global Configuration mode command defines a default gateway (router).
To remove the default gateway use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip default-gateway ip-address
no ip default-gateway
•
ip-address
— Valid IP address that specifies the IP address of the default gateway.
Default Configuration
No default gateway is defined.
Command Mode
Global configuration
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# ip address dhcp
160 IP Addressing Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• There are no User Guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example defines an ip default gateway.
show ip interface
The
show ip interface
User EXEC mode command displays the usability status of interfaces
configured for IP.
Syntax
show ip interface
[
ethernet
interface-number
|
vlan
vlan-id |
port-channel
number
]
•
ethernet
interface-number
—port.
•
vlan
vlan-id
—VLAN number.
•
port-channel
number
—Port-channel number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example the displays the usability status of interfaces configured for IP.
Console(config)# ip default-gateway 192.168.1.1
IP Addressing Commands 161
arp
The
arp
Global Configuration mode command adds a permanent entry in the Address Resolution
Protocol (ARP) cache. To remove an entry from the ARP cache, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
arp
i
p_addr hw_addr
{
ethernet
i
nterface-number
|
vlan
vlan-id
|
port-channel
number
}
no arp
i
p_addr
{
ethernet
i
nterface-number
|
vlan
vlan-id
|
port-channel
number
}
•
ip_addr
—IP address or IP alias to map to the specified MAC address.
•
hw_addr
—MAC address to map to the specified IP address or IP alias.
•
ethernet
interface-number
—Ethernet port number.
•
vlan
vlan-id
—VLAN number
.
•
port-channel
number
—Port-channel number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The software uses ARP cache entries to translate 32-bit IP addresses into 48-bit hardware
addresses. Because most hosts support dynamic resolution, static ARP cache entries do not
need to be specified.
Console# show ip interface
Gateway IP Address Type Activity Status
--------------------- ----------- ---------------
10.7.1.1 Static Active
IP address Interface Type
------------------- ------------ ------------
10.7.1.192/24 VLAN 1 Static
10.7.2.192/24 VLAN 2 DHCP
162 IP Addressing Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example adds the IP address 198.133.219.232 and MAC address 00:00:0c:40:0f:bc to
the ARP table.
arp timeout
The
arp timeout
Global Configuration mode command configures how long an entry remains in
the ARP cache. To restore the default value, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
arp timeout
seconds
no arp timeout
•
seconds
—Time (in seconds) that an entry remains in the ARP cache. (Range: 1 - 40000000)
Default Configuration
The default timeout is 60000 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• It is recommended not to set the timeout value to less than 3600.
Example
The following example configures ARP timeout to 12000 seconds.
clear arp-cache
The
clear arp-cache
Privileged EXEC mode command deletes all dynamic entries from the ARP
cache.
Syntax
clear arp-cache
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Console (config)# arp 198.133.219.232 00:00:0c:40:0f:bc ethernet
g8
Console (config)# arp timeout 12000
IP Addressing Commands 163
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example deletes all dynamic entries from the ARP cache.
show arp
The
show arp
Privileged EXEC mode command displays entries in the ARP table.
Syntax
show arp
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays entries in the ARP table.
Console# clear arp-cache
Console# show arp
ARP timeout: 60000 Seconds
Interface IP address HW address status
---------- ---------------- ------------------ --------
g1 10.7.1.102 00:10:B5:04:DB:4B Dynamic
g2 10.7.1.135 00:50:22:00:2A:A4 Static
164 IP Addressing Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
ip domain-lookup
The
ip domain-lookup
Global Configuration mode command enables the IP Domain Naming
System (DNS)-based host name-to-address translation. To disable the DNS, use the
no
form of
this command.
Syntax
ip domain-lookup
no ip domain-lookup
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example enables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host name-to-address
translation.
ip domain-name
The
ip domain-name
Global Configuration mode command defines a default domain name, that
the software uses to complete unqualified host names (names without a dotted-decimal domain
name). To disable use of the Domain Name System (DNS), use the
no
form of this command
.
Syntax
ip domain-name
name
no ip domain-name
•
name—
Default domain name used to complete unqualified host names. Do not include
the initial period that separates an unqualified name from the domain name.(Range: 1 -
158 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Console (config)# ip domain-lookup
IP Addressing Commands 165
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example defines a default domain name of www.dell.com.
ip name-server
The
ip name-server
Global Configuration mode command sets the available name servers. To
remove a name server, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip name-server
server-address
[
server-address2 … server-address8
]
no ip name-server
[
server-address1 … server-address8
]
•
server-address—
IP addresses of the name server. Up to 8 servers can be defined in one
command or by using multiple commands.
Default Configuration
No name server addresses are specified.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The preference of the servers is determined by the order they were entered.
• Up to 8 servers can be defined.
Examples
The following example sets the available name server.
ip host
The
ip host
Global Configuration mode command defines a static host name-to-address mapping
in the host cache. To
remove the name-to-address mapping, use the
no
form of this command.
Console (config)# ip domain-name www.dell.com
Console (config)# ip name-server 176.16.1.18
166 IP Addressing Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip host
name address
no ip host
name
•
name—
Name of the host (Range: 1 - 158 characters)
•
address—
Associated IP address.
Default Configuration
No host is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example defines a static host name-to-address mapping in the host cache.
clear host
The
clear host
Privileged EXEC mode command deletes entries from the host name-to-address
cache.
Syntax
clear host
{
name
|
*
}
•
name—
Particular host entry to remove. (Range: 1 - 158 characters
)
• *—Removes all entries.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console (config)# ip host accounting.dell.com 176.10.23.1
IP Addressing Commands 167
Examples
The following example deletes entries from the host name-to-address cache.
show hosts
The
show hosts
User EXEC mode command displays the default domain name, a list of name
server hosts, the static and the cached list of host names and addresses.
Syntax
show hosts
[
name
]
•
name—
Name of the host.(Range: 1 - 158 characters)
Default Configuration
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example displays host information.
Console (config)# clear host *
168 IP Addressing Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
console> show hosts
Default domain is GM.COM
Name/address lookup is enabled
Name servers: 176.16.1.18 176.16.1.19
Static host name-to-address mapping:
Host Addresses
---- ---------
www.dell.com 176.16.8.8 176.16.8.9
Cache:
TTL(Hours)
Host Total Elapsed Type Addresses
---- ----- --------- ------ ---------
www.dell.com 72 3 IP 171.64.14.203
LACP Commands 169
LACP Commands
lacp system-priority
The
lacp system-priority
Global Configuration mode command configures the system priority. To
reset to default, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
lacp system-priority
value
no lacp system-priority
•
value
—Value of the priority. (Range: 1 - 65535)
Default Configuration
The default system priority value is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the system priority to 120.
lacp port-priority
The
lacp port-priority
Interface Configuration mode command configures the priority value for
physical ports. To reset to default priority value, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
lacp port-priority
value
no lacp port-priority
•
value
—Port priority value. (Range: 1 - 65535)
Default Configuration
The default port priority value is 1.
Console (config)# lacp system-priority 120
170 LACP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the priority value for port g8 to 247.
lacp timeout
The
lacp timeout
Interface Configuration mode command assigns an administrative LACP
timeout. To reset the default administrative LACP timeout use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
lacp timeout
{
long | short
}
no lacp timeout
•
long
—Specifies a long timeout value.
•
short
—Specifies a short timeout value.
Default Configuration
The default port timeout value is
long
.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example assigns an administrative LACP timeout for port g8 to a long timeout value.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# lacp port-priority 247
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# lacp timeout long
LACP Commands 171
show lacp ethernet
The
show lacp ethernet
Privilege EXEC
mode command displays LACP information for Ethernet
ports.
Syntax
show lacp ethernet
interface
[
parameters
|
statistics
|
protocol-state
]
•
Interface
—Ethernet interface.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privilege EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows how to display LACP statistics information.
show lacp port-channel
The
show lacp port-channel
Privileged EXEC mode command displays LACP information for a
port-channel.
Syntax
show lacp port-channel
[
port_channel_number
]
•
port_channel_number
—The port-channel number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Console# show lacp ethernet g1 statistics
Port g1 LACP Statistics:
LACP PDUs sent:2
LACP PDUs received:2
172 LACP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows how to display LACP port-channel information.
Console# show lacp port-channel 1
Port-Channel 1:Port Type 1000 Ethernet
Actor
System Priority:1
MAC Address: 00:02:85:0E:1C:00
Admin Key: 29
Oper Key: 29
Partner
System Priority:0
MAC Address: 00:00:00:00:00:00
Oper Key: 14
Line Commands 173
Line Commands
line
The
line
Global Configuration mode command identifies a specific line for configuration and
enters the line configuration command mode.
Syntax
line
{
console
|
telnet
|
ssh
}
•
console
—Console terminal line.
•
telnet
—Virtual terminal for remote console access (Telnet).
•
ssh
—Virtual terminal for secured remote console access (SSH).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example configures the device as a virtual terminal for remote console access.
speed
The
speed
Line Configuration mode command sets the line baud rate.
Syntax
speed
bps
•
bps
—Baud rate in bits per second (bps). The options are 2400, 9600, 19200 and 38400.
Default Configuration
This default speed is 9600.
Console(config)# line telnet
Console(config-line)#
174 Line Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Line Configuration (console) mode
User Guidelines
• The configured speed would be applied when Autobaud is disabled.
• If Autobaud is disabled, the new speed is implemented immediately.
Examples
The following example sets the baud rate to 9600.
autobaud
The
autobaud
Line Configuration mode command sets the line for automatic baud rate detection
(autobaud). Use the
no
form of this command to disable automatic baud rate detection.
Syntax
autobaud
no autobaud
Default Configuration
Disabled
Command Mode
Line Configuration (console) mode
User Guidelines
• To start communications using automatic baud detection, press the Enter key twice.
Examples
The following example sets the line for automatic baud rate detection.
exec-timeout
The
exec-timeout
Line Configuration mode command sets the interval that the system waits until
user input is detected. To restore the default setting, use the
no
form of this command.
Console (config)# line console
Console(config-line)# speed 9600
Console (config)# line console
Console(config-line)# autobaud
Line Commands 175
Syntax
exec-timeout
minutes
[
seconds
]
no exec-timeout
•
minutes
—Integer that specifies the number of minutes. (Range: 0 - 65535)
•
seconds
—Additional time intervals in seconds. (Range: 0 - 59)
Default Configuration
The default configuration is 10 minutes.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• To specify no timeout, enter the
exec-timeout
("0 0") command.
Examples
The following example configures the interval that the system waits until user input is detected to
20 minutes.
show line
The
show line
User EXEC mode command displays line parameters.
Syntax
show line
[console
|
telnet
|
ssh
]
•
console
—Console terminal line.
•
telnet
—Virtual terminal for remote console access (Telnet).
•
ssh
—Virtual terminal for secured remote console access (SSH).
Default Configuration
Default value is
console
.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console (config)# line console
Console(config-line)# exec-timeout 20
176 Line Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Examples
The following example displays the line configuration.
terminal history
The
terminal history
EXEC mode command enables the command history function for the
current terminal session. To disable the command history function, use the
no
form of this
command.
Syntax
terminal history
terminal no history
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The command enables the command history for the current session. The default would be
determined by the history line configuration command.
terminal history size
The
terminal history size
EXEC mode command changes the command history buffer size for the
current terminal session. To reset the command history buffer size to the default, use the
no
form
of this command.
Syntax
terminal history size
number-of-commands
terminal no history size
•
number-of-commands
- Number of commands the system records in the history buffer
(Range: 1-0216).
console# show line console
Interactive timeout: 10 minutes
History: 10
Line Commands 177
Default Configuration
The default is determined by the history size line configuration command.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The maximum for the sum of all buffers is 256.
178 Line Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
LLDP Commands 179
LLDP Commands
lldp enable (global)
To
enable Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP)
, use the
lldp enable
command in global
configuration mode. To disable LLDP, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
lldp enable
no
lldp enable
Default Configuration
The command is enabled.
Command Mode
Global configuration
User Guidlines
• There are no guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example enables Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) .
lldp enable (interface)
To enable Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on an interface, use the
lldp enable
command in
interface configuration mode. To disable LLDP on an interface, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
lldp enable
[rx | tx | both]
no
lldp enable
•
rx
— Receive only LLDP packets.
•
tx
—Transmit only LLDP packets.
•
both
—
Receive and transmit LLDP packets (default)
Default Configuration
Enabled in both modes.
console (config)# lldp enable
180 LLDP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Modes
Interface configuration (Ethernet)
User Guidelines
• LLDP manages LAG ports individually. LLDP sends separate advertisements on each port in
a LAG. LLDP data received through LAG ports is stored individually per port.
• LLDP operation on a port is not dependent on STP state of a port. I.e. LLDP frames are sent
and received on blocked ports. If a port is controlled by 802.1X, LLDP operates only if the
port is authorized.
Examples
The following example enables Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on an interface (g5).
lldp timer
To specify how often the software sends Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) updates, use the
lldp timer command
in global configuration mode. To revert to the default setting, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
lldp timer
seconds
no
lldp timer
•
seconds
—
Specifies in seconds how often the software sends LLDP update. (Range: 5 -
32768 seconds).
Default Configuration
Default - 30 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# lldp enable
LLDP Commands 181
Examples
The following example specifies how often the software sends Link Layer Discovery Protocol
(LLDP) updates.
lldp hold-multiplier
To specify the amount of time the receiving device should hold a Link Layer Discovery Protocol
(LLDP) packet before discarding it, use the
lldp hold-multiplier
command in global configuration
mode. To revert to the default setting, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
lldp hold-multiplier
number
no
lldp hold-multiplier
•
number
—
Specifies the hold time to be sent in the LLDP update packets as a multiple of
the timer value (Range: 2-10).
Default Configuraiton
The default configuration is 4.
Command Modes
Global configuration
User Guidelines
• The actual time-to-live value used in LLDP frames can be expressed by the following formula:
TTL = min(65535, LLDP-Timer * LLDP-HoldMultiplier). For example, if the value of LLDP
timer is '30', and the value of the LLDP hold multiplier is '4', then the value '120' is encoded in
the TTL field in the LLDP header.
Examples
The following example specifies how often the software sends Link Layer Discovery Protocol
(LLDP) updates.
lldp reinit-delay
To specify the minimum time an LLDP port will wait before reinitializing LLDP transmission, use
the
lldp reinit-delay
command in global configuration mode. To revert to the default setting, use
the
no
form of this command.
Console (config) # lldp timer
Console (config) # lldp hold-multiplier 6
182 LLDP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
lldp reinit-delay
seconds
no
lldp reinit-delay
• seconds —
Specifies the minimum time in seconds an LLDP port will wait before
reinitializing LLDP transmission. (Range 1-10 seconds).
Default Configuraiton
2 seconds
Command Modes
Global configuration
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example specifies the minimum time an LLDP port will wait before reinitializing
LLDP transmission.
lldp tx-delay
To specify the delay between successive LLDP frame transmissions initiated by value/status
changes in the LLDP local systems MIB, use the
lldp tx-delay
command in global configuration
mode. To revert to the default setting, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
lldp tx-delay
seconds
no
lldp tx-delay
Parameters
•
seconds
—
Specifies the delay in seconds between successive LLDP frame transmissions
initiated by value/status changes in the LLDP local systems MIB. Range 1-8192 second.
Default Configuration
The default value is 2 seconds
Command Modes
Global configuration
Console (config) # lldp reinit-delay 6
LLDP Commands 183
Usage Guidelines
• It is recommended that the TxDelay would be less than 0.25 of the LLDP timer interval.
Examples
The following example specifies the delay between successive LLDP frame transmissions initiated
by value/status changes in the LLDP local systems MIB.
lldp optional-tlv
To specify which optional TLVs from the basic set should be transmitted, use the
lldp optional-tlv
command in interface configuration mode. To revert to the default setting, use the
no
form of this
command.
Syntax
lldp optional-tlv
tlv1 [tlv2 … tlv5]
no
lldp optional-tlv
•
tlv
—
Specifies TLV that should be included. Available optional TLVs are: port-desc, sys-
name, sys-desc and sys-cap . (Range 1-8192 seconds).
Default Configuration
No optional TLV is transmitted.
Command Modes
Interface configuration (Ethernet)
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example specifies which optional TLV (2)s from the basic set should be transmitted.
lldp management-address
To specify the management address that would be advertised from an interface, use the
lldp
management-address
command in interface configuration mode. To stop advertising management
address information, use the
no
form of this command.
Console (config) # lldp tx-delay 7
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# lldp optional-tlv sys-name
184 LLDP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
lldp management-address
ip-address
no
management-address ip
•
ip-address
—
Specifies the management address to advertise.
Default Configuration
No IP address is advertised.
Command Modes
Interface configuration (Ethernet)
User Guidelines
• Each port can advertise one IP address.
• Only static IP addresses can be advertised.
Example
The following example specifies management address that would be advertised from an interface.
clear lldp rx
To restart the LLDP RX state machine and clearing the neighbors table, use the
clear lldp rx
command in privileged EXEC mode.
Syntax
clear lldp rx
[ethernet interface]
•
Interface
— Ethernet port
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The folowing example restarts the LLDP RX state machine and clearing the neighbors table.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# lldp management-address 192.168.0.1
console (config)#clear lldp rx
LLDP Commands 185
show lldp configuration
To display the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration, use the
show lldp
configuration
command in privileged EXEC mode.
Syntax
show lldp configuration
[ethernet interface]
•
Interface
— Ethernet port
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration
show lldp local
To display the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) information that is advertised from a specific
port, use the
show lldp local
command in privileged EXEC mode.
Syntax
show lldp local ethernet interface
•
Interface
— Ethernet port
Switch# show lldp configuration
Timer: 30 Seconds
Hold multiplier: 4
Reinit delay: 2 Seconds
Tx delay: 2 Seconds
Port State Optional TLVs Addres
g1 RX, TX PD, SN, SD, SC 172.16.1.1
g2 TX PD, SN 172.16.1.1
g3 Disabled
186 LLDP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) information that is
advertised from a specific port.
show lldp neighbors
To display information about neighboring devices discovered using Link Layer Discovery Protocol
(LLDP), use the
show lldp neighbors
command in privileged EXEC mode.
Syntax
show lldp neighbors [ethernet interface]
•
Interface
— Ethernet port
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays information about neighboring devices discovered using Link Layer
Discovery Protocol (LLDP).
Switch# show lldp local ethernet g1
Device ID: 0060.704C.73FF
Port ID: 1
Capabilities: Bridge
System Name: ts-7800-1
System description:
Port description:
Management address: 172.16.1.8
LLDP Commands 187
Switch# show lldp neighbors
Switch# show lldp neighbors ethernet g1
Device ID: 0060.704C.73FE
Port ID: 1
Hold Time: 117
Capabilities: B
System Name: ts-7800-2
System description:
Port description:
Management address: 172.16.1.1
Port Device ID Port
ID
Hold
Time
Capabilities
System
Name
g1 0060.704C.73FE 1 117 B ts-7800-2
g1 0060.704C.73FD 1 93 B ts-7800-2
g2 0060.704C.73F C 9 1 B, R ts-7900-1
g3 0060.704C.73FB 1 92 W ts-7900-2
188 LLDP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Management ACL 189
Management ACL
management access-list
The
management access-list
Global
Configuration mode command defines an access-list for
management, and enters the access-list for configuration. Once in the access-list configuration
mode, the denied or permitted access conditions are configured with the
deny
and
permit
commands. To remove an access list, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
management access-list
name
no management access-list
name
•
name
—The access list name using up to 32 characters.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• This command enters the access-list configuration mode, where the denied or permitted
access conditions with the
deny
and
permit
commands must be defined.
• If no match criteria are defined the default is "deny".
• If reentering to an access-list context, the new rules are entered at the end of the access-list.
• Use the m
anagement access-class
command to select the active access-list.
• The active management list cannot be updated or removed.
• Management ACL requires a valid management interface (valid IFindex). A valid
management interface is an interface with an IP address. A valid (IFindex) management
interface can be a single port, vlan or port-channel. Management ACL only restricts access to
the device for management configuration or viewing.
190 Management ACL
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Examples
The following example shows how to create an access-list called "mlist", configure two management
interfaces ethernet g1 and ethernet g9, and make the access-list the active list.
The following example shows how to create an access-list called "mlist", configure all interfaces to
be management interfaces except interfaces ethernet g1 and ethernet g9, and make the access-list
the active list.
permit (management)
The
permit
Management Access-List Configuration mode command defines a permit rule.
Syntax
permit
[
ethernet
interface-number
|
vlan
vlan-id
|
port-channel
number
] [
service
service
]
permit ip-source
ip-address
[
mask
mask
|
prefix-length
] [
ethernet
interface-number
|
vlan
vlan-id
|
port-channel
number
] [
service
service
]
•
ethernet
interface-number
—A valid Ethernet port number.
•
vlan
vlan-id
—A valid VLAN number.
•
port-channel
number
—A valid port channel number.
•
ip-address
—Source IP address.(Range: Valid IP Address)
•
mask
mask
—Specifies the network mask of the source IP address. (Range: Valid subnet
mask)
Console (config)# management access-list mlist
Console (config-macl)# permit ethernet g1
Console (config-macl)# permit ethernet g9
Console (config-macl)# exit
Console (config)# management access-class mlist
Console (config)# management access-list mlist
Console (config-macl)# deny ethernet g1
Console (config-macl)# deny ethernet g9
Console (config-macl)# permit
Console (config-macl)# exit
Console (config)# management access-class mlist
Management ACL 191
•
mask
prefix-length
—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the source IP address
prefix. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 0 - 32)
•
service
service
—Indicates service type. Can be one of the following:
telnet
,
ssh
,
http,
https
or
snmp
.
Default Configuration
If no
permit
statement is present, the default is set to
deny.
Command Mode
Management Access-list Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Rules with Ethernet, VLAN and port-channel parameters are valid only if an IP address is
defined on the appropriate interface.The system supports up to 256 management access
rules.
Example
The following example shows how all ports are permitted in the access-list called "mlist".
deny (management)
The
deny
Management Access-List Configuration mode command defines a deny rule.
Syntax
deny
[
ethernet
interface-number
|
vlan
vlan-id
|
port-channel
number
] [
service
service
]
deny ip-source
ip-address
[
mask
mask
|
prefix-length
] [
ethernet
interface-number
|
vlan
vlan-
id
|
port-channel
number
] [
service
service
]
•
ethernet
interface-number
—A valid Ethernet port number.
•
vlan
vlan-id
—A valid VLAN number.
•
port-channel
number
—A valid port-channel number.
•
ip-address
—Source IP address. (Range: Valid IP Address)
•
mask
mask
—Specifies the network mask of the source IP address. (Range: Valid subnet
mask)
•
mask
prefix-length
—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the source IP address
prefix. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 0 - 32)
Console (config)# management access-list mlist
Console (config-macl)# permit
192 Management ACL
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
service
service
—Indicates service type. Can be one of the following:
telnet
,
ssh
,
http,
https
or
snmp
.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Management Access-list Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Rules with Ethernet, VLAN and port-channel parameters are valid only if an IP address is
defined on the appropriate interface.The system supports up to 256 management access
rules.
Example
The following example shows how all ports are denied in the access-list called "mlist".
management access-class
The
management access-class
Global Configuration mode command defines which management
access-list is used. To disable restriction, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
management access-class
{
console-only
|
name
}
no management access-class
•
name
—Name of the access list. If unspecified, defaults to an empty access-list.(Range: 1 -
32 characters)
•
console-only
—The device can be managed only from the console.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console (config)# management access-list mlist
Console (config-macl)# deny
Management ACL 193
Example
The following example configures an access-list called "mlist" as the management access-list.
show management access-list
The
show management access-list
Privileged EXEC mode command displays management access-
lists.
Syntax
show management access-list
[
name
]
•
name
—Name of the access list. If unspecified, defaults to an empty access-list.(Range: 1 -
32 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the active management access-list.
show management access-class
The
show management access-class
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the active
management access-list.
Console (config)# management access-class mlist
Console# show management access-list
mlist
-----
permit ethernet g1
permit ethernet g9
! (Note: all other access implicitly denied)
194 Management ACL
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show management access-class
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the management access-list information.
Console# show management access-class
Management access-class is enabled, using access list mlist
PHY Diagnostics Commands 195
PHY Diagnostics Commands
test copper-port tdr
The
test copper-port tdr
Privileged EXEC mode command diagnoses with TDR (Time Domain
Reflectometry) technology the quality and characteristics of a copper cable attached to a port.
Syntax
test copper-port tdr
interface
•
interface
—A valid Ethernet port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• The port under test should be conducted when the fiber link is down.
NOTE: The maximum distance VCT can function is 120 meters.
Examples
The following example results in a report on the cable attached to port g3.
show copper-ports tdr
The
show copper-ports tdr
Privileged EXEC mode command display the last TDR (Time Domain
Reflectometry) tests on specified ports.
Syntax
show copper-ports tdr
[
interface
]
•
interface
—A valid Ethernet port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Console# test copper-port tdr g3
Cable is open at 100 meters
196 PHY Diagnostics Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the last TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry) tests on all ports.
show copper-ports cable-length
The
show copper-ports cable-length
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the estimated
copper cable length attached to a port.
Syntax
show copper-ports cable-length
[
interface
]
•
interface
—A valid Ethernet port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• The port must be active and working in 1000M.
Console# show copper-ports tdr
Port Result Length
[meters]
Date
---- ------- -------- -----
g1 OK
g2 Short 50 13:32:00 23 July 2003
g3 Test has not been performed
g4 Short 128 13:32:00 23 July 2003
g5 Fiber - -
PHY Diagnostics Commands 197
Example
The following example displays the estimated copper cable length attached to all ports.
show fiber-ports optical-transceiver
The
show fiber-ports optical-transceiver
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the optical
transceiver diagnostics.
Syntax
show fiber-ports optical-transceiver
[
interface
] [
detailed
]
•
interface—
A valid Ethernet port.
•
detailed
—Detailed diagnostics.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• To test optical transceivers, ensure a fiber link is up. The test is only supported on Dell
supported SFP modules.
Console# show copper-ports cable-length
Port Length [meters]
---- ---------------------
g1 < 50
g2 Giga link not active
g3 110-140
198 PHY Diagnostics Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Examples
The following example displays the optical transceiver diagnostics.
console# show fiber-ports optical-transceiver
Port Temp Voltage Current
Power
Output
Power
Input
Power
LOS
---- ----- ------- ------ ------ ------ ---
g3 Copper
g21 W OK E OK OK OK
g22 OK OK OK OK OK OK
Temp – Internally measured transceiver temperature.
Voltage - Internally measured supply voltage.
Current – Measured TX bias current.
Output Power – Measured TX output power.
Input Power – Measured RX received power.
LOS – Loss of signal
PHY Diagnostics Commands 199
The following example displays detailed optical transceiver diagnostics.
console# show fiber-ports optical-transceiver detailed
Port Temp
[C]
Voltage
[Volt]
Current
[mA]
Output
Power
[mWatt
]
Input
Power
[mWatt]
LOS
---- ----- ------- ------ ------ ------ ---
g23 70 7.27 0.79 3.30 2.50 No
g21 70 7.24 0.78 2.20 2.49 No
Temp – Internally measured transceiver temperature.
Voltage - Internally measured supply voltage.
Current – Measured TX bias current.
Output Power – Measured TX output power.
Input Power – Measured RX received power.
LOS – Loss of signal
200 PHY Diagnostics Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Port Channel Commands 201
Port Channel Commands
interface port-channel
The
interface port-channel
Global Configuration mode command enters the interface
configuration mode of a specific port-channel.
Syntax
interface port-channel
port-channel-number
•
port-channel-number
—A valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Eight aggregated links can be defined with up to 8 member ports per port channel.Turning off
auto-negotiation of an aggregate link may, under some circumstances, make it non-
operational. If the other side has auto-negotiation turned on, it may re-synchronize all
members of the aggregated link to half-duplex operation, and may, as per the standards, set
them all to inactive.
Example
The following example enters the context of port-channel number 1.
interface range port-channel
The
interface range port-channel
Global Configuration mode command enters the interface
configuration mode to configure multiple port-channels.
Syntax
interface range
port-channel
{
port-channel-range | all
}
•
port-channel-range
—List of port-channels to configure. Separate non-consecutive port-
channels with a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of port-channels.
•
all
—All the channel-ports.
Console (config)# interface port-channel 1
202 Port Channel Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Commands under the interface range context are executed independently on each interface
in the range: If the command returns an error on one of the interfaces, it will not stop the
execution of the command on other interfaces.
Example
The following example shows how port-channels 1, 2 and 8 are grouped to receive the same
command.
channel-group
The
channel-group
Interface Configuration mode command associates a port with a port-channel.
To remove a port from a port channel, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
channel-group
port-channel-number
mode
{
on
|
auto
}
no channel-group
•
port-channel_number
—Specifies the number of the valid port-channel for the current
port to join.
•
on
—Forces the port to join a channel.
•
auto
—Allows the port to join a channel as a result of an LACP operation.
Default Configuration
The port is not assigned to any port-channel.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console (config)# interface range port-channel 1-2
Console (config-if)#
Port Channel Commands 203
Example
The following example shows how port g5 is configured to port-channel number 1 without LACP.
port channel load balance
Use the
port-channel
load-balance
global configuration command to configure the load balancing
policy of the port channeling. Use the
no
form of this command to reset to default.
Syntax
port-channel load-balance {layer-2 | layer-2-3 | layer-2-3-4}
no port-channel load-balance
•
layer-2
— Port channel load balancing is based on layer 2 parameters.
•
layer-2-3
— Port channel load balancing is based on layer 2 and layer 3 parameters.
•
layer-2-3-4
— Port channel load balancing is based on layer 2, layer 3 and layer 4
parameters.
Default Configuration
Layer 2
Command Modes
Global Configuration
User Guidelines
• In L2+L3+L4 load balancing policy, fragmented packets might be reordered.
Example
The following example configures the load balancing policy of the port channeling on layer 2.
show interfaces port-channel
Use the
show interfaces port-channel
global configuration command to show Port channel
information.
Syntax
show interfaces port-channel
[port-channel-number]
Console (config)# interface ethernet g5
Console (config-if)# channel-group 1 mode on
Console (config) # port-channel load-balance
layer-2
204 Port Channel Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
port_channel_number
— Number of the Port channel to display. (Range: Valid port
channel)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Modes
EXEC
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows how all port channel information is displayed.
Console# show interfaces port-channel
Load balancing: Layer2 and Layer 3.
Channel Ports
------------ -----------------------------------------
--
1 Active: 1, 2
2 Active: 2, 7
3 Active: 3, 8
Port Monitor Commands 205
Port Monitor Commands
port monitor
The
port monitor
Interface Configuration mode command starts a port monitoring session. To
stop a port monitoring session, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
port monitor
src-interface
[
rx
|
tx
]
no port monitor
src-interface
•
src-interface—
Valid Ethernet port or port-channel number.
•
rx—
Monitors received packets only. If no option specified, monitors both rx and tx.
•
tx—
Monitors transmitted packets only. If no option specified, monitors both rx and tx.
Default Configuration
The default is both
rx
and
tx
.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• This command enables traffic on one port to be copied to another port, or between the source
port (src-interface) and a destination port (the port being configured). Only a single target
port can be defined per system.
• The port being monitored cannot be set faster than the monitoring port.
• The following restrictions apply to ports configured to be destination ports:
• The port cannot be already configured as a source port.
• The port cannot be a member in a port-channel.
• An IP interface is not configured on the port.
• GVRP is not enabled on the port.
• The port is not a member in any VLAN, except for the default VLAN (will automatically
be removed from the default VLAN).
• The following restrictions apply to ports configured to be source ports:
• Port monitoring Source Ports must be simple ports, and not port-channels.
• The port cannot be already configured as a destination port.
• All the frames are transmitted as either always tagged or always untagged.
206 Port Monitor Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
General Restrictions:
• Ports cannot be configured as a group using the
interface range ethernet
command.
NOTE: The Port Mirroring target must be a member of the Ingress VLAN of all Mirroring source ports.
Therefore, multicast and broadcast frames in these VLANs are seen more than once. (Actually N, where
N is the number of mirroring source ports).
When both transmit (Tx) and receive (Rx) directions of more than one port are monitored,
the capacity may exceed the bandwidth of the target port. In this case, the division of the
monitored packets may not be equal. The user is advised to use caution in assigning port
monitoring.
Example
The following example shows how traffic on port g8 (source port) is copied to port g1 (destination
port).
show ports monitor
The
show ports monitor
User EXEC mode command displays the port monitoring status.
Syntax
show ports monitor
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows how the port copy status is displayed.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g1
Console(config-if)# port monitor g8
Port Monitor Commands 207
Console# show ports monitor
Source
Port
Destination Port Type Status
---------- ---------------- ------------ -------
g1 g8 RX, TX Active
g2 g8 RX, TX Active
g18 g8 Rx Active
208 Port Monitor Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
QoS Commands 209
QoS Commands
qos
The
qos
Global Configuration mode command enables quality of service (QoS) on the device
and enters QoS basic mode. Use the
no
form of this command to disable the QoS features on
the device.
Syntax
qos
no qos
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows how QoS is enabled on the device, in basic mode.
show qos
The
show qos
User EXEC mode command displays the quality of service (QoS) mode for the
entire device.
Syntax
show qos
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
Console (config)# qos
210 QoS Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays a QoS mode.
wrr-queue cos-map
The
wrr-queue cos-map
Global Configuration mode command maps assigned CoS values to select
one of the egress queues. To return to the default values, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
wrr-queue cos-map
queue-id cos1...cos8
no wrr-queue cos-map
[
queue-id
]
•
queue-id
—The queue number to which the following CoS values are mapped.
•
cos1...cos8
—Map to specific queues up to eight CoS values from 0 to 7.
Default Configuration
The map default values for 4 queues:
• CoS value 1 select queue 1
• CoS value 2 select queue 1
• CoS value 0 select queue 2
• CoS value 3 select queue 2
• CoS value 4 select queue 3
• CoS value 5 select queue 3
• CoS value 6 select queue 4
• CoS value 7 select queue 4
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Console# show qos
Trust: dscp
Console# show qos
Qos: disabled
Trust: dscp
QoS Commands 211
User Guidelines
• You can use this command to distribute traffic into different queues, where each queue is
configured with different weighted round robin (WRR) parameters.
• To enable the expedite queues, use the
priority-queue out
Interface Configuration mode
command
wrr-queue cos-map
.
Example
The following example maps CoS 3 to queue 4.
wrr-queue bandwidth
The
wrr-queue bandwidth
Interface Configuration mode command assigns Weighted Round
Robin (WRR) weights to egress queues. The weights ratio determines the frequency in which the
packet scheduler dequeues packets from each queue. To return to the default values, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
wrr-queue bandwidth
weight1 weight2 ... weight_4
no wrr-queue bandwidth
•
weight1...weight_4
—Sets the bandwidth ratio by the WRR packet scheduler for the
packet queues. Separate each value by spaces. (Range: 6 - 255)
Default Configuration
The default WRR weight is 1/4 ratio for all queues (each weight set to 6).
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port channel) mode
User Guidelines
• The ratio for each queue is defined by the queue weight divided by the sum of all queue
weights (i.e., the normalized weight). This actually sets the bandwidth allocation of each
queue.
• A weight of 0 means no bandwidth is allocated for the same queue, and the share bandwidth
is divided among the remaining queues.
• All 4 queues are participating excluding the queues that are assigned as expedite queues. The
weights of these queues are ignored in the ratio calculation.
• All 4 queues participate in the WRR exclude the expedite queues, in which case the
corresponded weight is ignored (not used in the ratio calculation). The expedite queue is a
priority queue, and it is serviced until empty before the other queues are serviced.
Console (config)# wrr-queue cos-map 4 3
212 QoS Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example assigns WRR weights to egress queues.
priority-queue out num-of-queues
The
priority-queue out num-of-queues
Global Configuration mode command enables the egress
queues to be expedite queues. Use the
no
form of this command to return to the default values.
Syntax
priority-queue out num-of-queues
number-of-queues
no priority-queue out
num-of-queues
•
number-of-queues
—Assign the number of queues to be expedite queues. The expedite
queues would be the queues with higher indexes. (Range: 1 - 4)
Default Configuration
All queues are expedite queues.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• When configuring the
priority-queue out num-of-queues
command, the weighted round
robin (WRR) weight ratios are affected because there are fewer queues participating in WRR.
• Queue 4 is taken as the highest index queue. Queue 3 is taken as the next highest queue. If
two priority queues are selected then queue 4 and 3 will be used. Leaving queue 2 and 1 for
WRR.
Console(config)# priority-queue num-of-queues 1
Console(config)# interface ethernet g1
Console(config-if)# wrr-queue bandwidth 20 30 50
Console(config)# priority-queue num-of-queues 0
Console(config)# interface ethernet g3
Console(config-if)# wrr-queue bandwidth 20 30 50 10
QoS Commands 213
Example
The following example sets queue 4, 3 to be expedite queues.
show qos interface
The
show qos interface
User EXEC mode command displays interface QoS data.
Syntax
show qos interface
[
ethernet
interface-number
|
queuing
]
•
ethernet
interface-number
—Ethernet port number.
•
queuing
—Displays the queue strategy (WRR or EF), the weight for WRR queues, the
CoS to queue map and the EF priority.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
If no keyword is specified with the show qos interface command, the port QoS mode (DSCP
trusted, CoS trusted, untrusted), default CoS value, attached to the port, attached to the
interface are displayed. If a specific interface is not specified, the information for all interfaces
is displayed.
Examples
The following example displays output from the
show qos interface g1 queueing
command.
Console (config)# priority-queue out num-of-queues 2
214 QoS Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
qos map dscp-queue
The
qos map dscp-queue
Global Configuration mode command modifies the DSCP to queue
map. To return to the default map, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
qos map dscp-queue
dscp-list to queue-id
no qos map dscp-queue
•
dscp-list
—Specify up to 8 DSCP values, separate each DSCP with a space.
(Range: 0 - 63)
•
queue-id
—Enter the queue number to which the DSCP value corresponds.
Console# show qos interface ethernet g1 queuing
Ethernet g1
wrr bandwidth weights and EF priority:
qid weights Ef Priority
1 125 dis N/A
2 125 dis N/A
3 125 dis N/A
4 125 dis N/A
Cos-queue map:
cos qid
0 2
1 1
2 1
3 2
4 3
5 3
6 4
7 4
QoS Commands 215
Default Configuration
The following table describes the default map.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Queue settings for 3, 11, 19, ... cannot be modified.
Example
The following example maps DSCP values 33, 40 and 41 to queue 1.
qos trust (Global)
The
qos trust
Global Configuration mode command can be used to configure the system to "trust"
state. To return to the default state, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
qos trust
{
cos
|
dscp
}
no qos trust
•
cos
—Classifies ingress packets with the packet CoS values. For untagged packets, the
port default CoS is used.
•
dscp
—Classifies ingress packets with the packet DSCP values.
Default Configuration
CoS is the default trust mode.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Packets entering a quality of service (QoS) domain are classified at the edge of the QoS
domain. When the packets are classified at the edge, the switch port within the QoS domain
can be configured to one of the trusted states because there is no need to classify the packets
at every switch within the domain.
DSCP value 0-15 16-31 32-47 48-63
Queue-ID 1 2 3 4
Console (config)# qos map dscp-queue 33 40 41 to 1
216 QoS Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
• Use this command to specify whether the port is trusted and which fields of the packet to use
to classify traffic.
• To return to the untrusted state, use the
no qos
command to apply best effort service.
Example
The following example configures the system to DSCP trust state.
qos trust (Interface)
The
qos trust
Interface Configuration mode command enables each port trust state. To disable the
trust state on each port, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
qos trust
no qos trust
Default Configuration
Each port is enabled while the system is operational.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
•Use
no qos trust
to disable the trust mode on each port.
Use
qos trust
to enable trust mode on each port.
Example
The following example configures port g5 to default trust state (CoS).
qos cos
The
qos cos
Interface Configuration mode command configures the default port CoS value. To
return to the default setting, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
qos cos
default-cos
no qos cos
Console (config)# qos trust dscp
Console (config)# interface ethernet g5
Console (config-if) qos trust
QoS Commands 217
•
default-cos
—Specifies the default CoS value being assigned to the port. If the port is
trusted and the packet is untagged then the default CoS value becomes the CoS value.
(Range: 0 - 7)
Default Configuration
Port CoS is 0.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) command
User Guidelines
• You can use the default value to assign a CoS value to all untagged packets entering the
port.
Example
The following example configures port g5 default CoS value to 3.
show qos map
The show qos map User EXEC mode command displays all the QoS maps.
Syntax
show qos map
[
dscp-queue
]
•
dscp-queue
—Displays the DSCP to queue map.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g5
Console (config-if) qos cos 3
218 QoS Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays the DSCP port-queue map.
The following table describes the fields used above.
(D1 x 10) + D2 = Value of DSCP
console# show qos map
Dscp-queue map:
d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
---------------------------------------
0 : 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
1 : 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02
2 : 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02
3 : 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03
4 : 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 04 04
5 : 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04
6 : 04 04 04 04
Column Description
D1 Decimal Bit 1 of DSCP
D2 Decimal Bit 2 of DSCP
01 - 04 Queue numbers
Radius Commands 219
Radius Commands
radius-server host
The
radius-server host
Global Configuration mode command specifies a RADIUS server host. To
delete the specified RADIUS host, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
radius-server host
{
ip-address
|
hostname
} [
auth-port
auth-port-number
] [
timeout
timeout
]
[
retransmit
retransmit
] [
deadtime
deadtime
] [
key
key
] [
source
source
] [
priority
priority
]
[
usage
type
]
no radius-server host
ip-address
•
ip-address
—IP address of the RADIUS server host.
•
hostname—Hostname of the RADIUS server host.
(Range: 1 - 158 characters)
•
auth-port-number
—Port number for authentication requests. The host is not used for
authentication if set to 0. If unspecified, the port number defaults to 1812.
(Range: 0 - 65535)
•
timeout
—Specifies the timeout value in seconds. If no timeout value is specified, the
global value is used. (Range: 1 - 30)
•
retransmit
—Specifies the re-transmit value. If no re-transmit value is specified, the global
value is used. (Range: 1 - 10)
•
deadtime
—Length of time, in minutes, for which a RADIUS server is skipped over by
transaction requests. (Range 0 - 2000)
•
key
—Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS communications
between the device and the RADIUS server. This key must match the encryption used on
the RADIUS daemon. If no key value is specified, the global value is used. (Range: 1 - 128
characters)
•
source
—Specifies the source IP address to use for the communication. If no retransmit
value is specified, the global value is used. 0.0.0.0 is interpreted as request to use the IP
address of the outgoing IP interface.
•
priority
—Determines the order in which the servers are used, where 0 is the highest
priority. (Range: 0 - 65535)
•
type
—Specifies the usage type of the server. Can be one of the following values:
login
,
802.1x
or
all
. If unspecified, defaults to
all
.
Default Configuration
By default, no RADIUS host is specified.
220 Radius Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• To specify multiple hosts, multiple
radius-server host
commands can be used.
• If no host-specific timeout, retransmit, deadtime or key values are specified, the global values
apply to each host.
• The address type of the source parameter must be the same as the ip-address parameter.
Example
The following example specifies a RADIUS server host with the following characteristics:
• Server host IP address—192.168.10.1
• Authentication port number—20
• Timeout period—20 seconds
radius-server key
The
radius-server key
Global Configuration mode command sets the authentication and
encryption key for all RADIUS communications between the device and the RADIUS daemon. To
reset to the default, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
radius-server key
[key-string]
no radius-server key
•
key-string
—Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS
communications between the device and the RADIUS server. This key must match the
encryption used on the RADIUS daemon. The key can be up to 128 characters long.
Default Configuration
The default is an empty string.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console (config)# radius-server host 192.168.10.1 auth-port 20
timeout 20
Radius Commands 221
Example
The following example sets the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS
communications between the device and the RADIUS daemon to "dell-server".
radius-server retransmit
The
radius-server retransmit
Global Configuration mode command specifies the number of times
the software searches the list of RADIUS server hosts. To reset the default configuration, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
radius-server retransmit
retries
no radius-server retransmit
•
retries
—Specifies the retransmit value. (Range: 1 - 10)
Default Configuration
The default is 3 attempts.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the number of times the software searches the list of RADIUS
server hosts to 5 attempts.
radius-server source-ip
The
radius-server source-ip
Global Configuration mode command specifies the source IP address
used for communication with RADIUS servers. To return to the default, use the
no
form of this
command.
Syntax
radius-server source-ip
source
no radius-server-ip
source
•
source
—Specifies the source IP address.
Console (config)# radius-server key dell-server
Console (config)# radius-server retransmit 5
222 Radius Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
The default IP address is the outgoing IP interface.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the source IP address used for communication with RADIUS
servers to 10.1.1.1.
radius-server timeout
The
radius-server timeout
Global Configuration mode command sets the interval for which a
device waits for a server host to reply. To restore the default, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
radius-server timeout
timeout
no radius-server timeout
•
timeout
—Specifies the timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1 - 30)
Default Configuration
The default value is 3 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example sets the interval for which a device waits for a server host to reply to
5 seconds.
Console (config)# radius-server source-ip 10.1.1.1
Console (config)# radius-server timeout 5
Radius Commands 223
radius-server deadtime
The
radius-server deadtime
Global Configuration mode command improves RADIUS response
times when servers are unavailable. The command is used to cause the unavailable servers to be
skipped. To reset the default value, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
radius-server deadtime
deadtime
no radius-server deadtime
•
deadtime
—Length of time in minutes, for which a RADIUS server is skipped over by
transaction requests. (Range: 0 - 2000)
Default Configuration
The default dead time is 0 minutes.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example sets a dead time where a RADIUS server is skipped over by transaction
requests for this period, to 10 minutes.
show radius-servers
The show radius-servers User EXEC mode command displays the RADIUS server settings.
Syntax
show radius-servers
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console (config)# radius-server deadtime 10
224 Radius Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Examples
The following example displays the RADIUS server settings.
Console# show radius-servers
IP address Port
Auth
Time
Out
Retransmit Dead
time
Source
IP
Priority Usage
--------- ---- ----- ---------- ------ ----- ------- -----
172.16.1.1 1645 Global Global Global Global 1 All
172.16.1.2 1645 11 8 Global Global 2 All
Global values
--------------
TimeOut: 3
Retransmit: 3
Deadtime: 0
Source IP: 172.16.8.1
RMON Commands 225
RMON Commands
show rmon statistics
The
show rmon statistics
User EXEC mode command displays RMON Ethernet Statistics.
Syntax
show rmon statistics
{
ethernet interface number
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
}
•
interface
—Valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number
—Valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• The following RMON Groups are supported - Ethernet Statistics (Group1), History (Group
2), Alarms (Group 3) and Events (Group 4).
Example
The following example displays RMON Ethernet Statistics for port g1.
Console# show rmon statistics ethernet g1
Port g1
Dropped: 8
Octets: 878128 Packets: 978
Broadcast: 7 Multicast: 1
CRC Align Errors: 0 Collisions: 0
Undersize Pkts: 0 Oversize Pkts: 0
Fragments: 0 Jabbers: 0
64 Octets: 98 65 to 127 Octets: 0
128 to 255 Octets: 0 256 to 511 Octets: 0
512 to 1023 Octets: 491 1024 to 1518 Octets: 389
226 RMON Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Field Description
Dropped The total number of events in which packets are dropped by the probe due to
lack of resources. This number is not always the number of packets dropped;
it is the number of times this condition has been detected.
Octets The total number of octets of data (including those in bad packets) received
on the network (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
Packets The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and
multicast packets) received.
Broadcast The total number of good packets received and directed to the broadcast
address. This does not include multicast packets.
Multicast The total number of good packets received and directed to a multicast
address. This number does not include packets directed to the broadcast
address.
CRC Align Errors The total number of packets received with a length (excluding framing bits,
but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but with
either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets
(FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment
Error).
Undersize Pkts The total number of packets received less than 64 octets long (excluding
framing bits, but including FCS octets) and otherwise well formed.
Oversize Pkts The total number of packets received longer than 1518 octets (excluding
framing bits, but including FCS octets) and otherwise well formed.
Fragments The total number of packets received less than 64 octets in length (excluding
framing bits but including FCS octets) and either a bad Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS
with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error).
Jabbers The total number of packets received longer than 1518 octets (excluding
framing bits, but including FCS octets), and either a bad Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS
with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error).
Collisions The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment.
64 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are 64
octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
65 to 127 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are
between 65 and 127 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
128 to 255 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are
between 128 and 255 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
RMON Commands 227
rmon collection history
The
rmon collection history
Interface Configuration mode command enables a Remote
Monitoring (RMON) MIB history statistics group on an interface. To remove a specified RMON
history statistics group, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
rmon
collection history
index
[
owner
ownername
] [
buckets
bucket-number
] [
interval
seconds
]
no rmon collection history
index
•
index
—The requested statistics index group. (Range: 1 - 65535)
•
owner
ownername
—Records the RMON statistics group owner name. If unspecified, the
name is an empty string.
•
buckets
bucket-number
—A value associated with the number of buckets specified for the
RMON collection history group of statistics. If unspecified, defaults to 50.
(Range: 1 - 65535)
•
interval
seconds
—The number of seconds in each polling cycle. If unspecified, defaults to
1800. (Range: 1 - 3600)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• This command cannot be executed on multiple ports using the
interface range ethernet
command.
256 to 511 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are
between 256 and 511 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
512 to 1023 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are
between 512 and 1023 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
1024 to 1518 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are
between 1024 and 1518 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
228 RMON Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example enables a Remote Monitoring (RMON) MIB history statistics group on port
g8 with the index number "1" and a polling interval period of 2400 seconds.
show rmon collection history
The
show rmon collection history
User EXEC mode command displays the requested history
group configuration.
Syntax
show rmon collection history
[
ethernet
interface
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
]
•
interface
—Valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number
—Valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays all RMON group statistics.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# rmon collection history 1 interval 2400
Console# show rmon collection history
Index Interface Interval Requested
Samples
Granted
Samples
Owner
------ ---------- -------- --------- ---------- ----
1 1 1000 50 50 CLI
RMON Commands 229
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
show rmon history
The
show rmon history
User EXEC mode command displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history.
Syntax
show rmon history
index
{
throughput
|
errors | other
} [
period
seconds
]
•
index
—The requested set of samples. (Range: 1 - 65535)
•
throughput
—Displays throughput counters.
•
errors
—Displays error counters.
•
other
—Displays drop and collision counters.
•
period
seconds
—Specifies the requested period time to display. (Range: 1 - 4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Field Description
Index An index that uniquely identifies the entry.
Interface The sampled Ethernet interface
Interval The interval in seconds between samples.
Requested Samples The requested number of samples to be saved.
Granted Samples The granted number of samples to be saved.
Owner The entity that configured this entry.
230 RMON Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Examples
The following example displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history for "throughput" on index
number 5.
The following example displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history for "errors" on index number 5.
The following example displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history for "other" on index number 5.
Console# show rmon history 5 throughput
Sample Set: 1 Owner: CLI
Interface: g1 Interval: 1800
Requested samples: 50 Granted samples: 50
Maximum table size: 500
Time Octets Packets Broadcast Multicast %
------------------ --------- ------- ---------- --------- -----
Jan 18 2002 21:57:00 303595962 357568 3289 7287 19.98%
Jan 18 2002 21:57:30 287696304 275686 2789 2789 20.17%
Console# show rmon history 5 errors
Sample Set: 1 Owner: CLI
Interface: g1 Interval: 1800
Requested samples: 50 Granted samples: 50
Maximum table size: 500
Time CRC Align Undersize Oversize Fragments Jabbers
------------------ --------- --------- -------- --------- -------
Jan 18 2002 21:57:00 1 1 49 0 0
Jan 18 2002 21:57:30 1 1 27 0 0
RMON Commands 231
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Console# show rmon history 5 other
Sample Set: 1 Owner: CLI
Interface: g1 Interval: 1800
Requested samples: 50 Granted samples: 50
Maximum table size: 500
Time Dropped Collisions
------------------ -------- ---------
Jan 18 2002
21:57:00
30
Jan 18 2002
21:57:30
3 0
Field Description
Time Date and Time the entry is recorded.
Octets The total number of octets of data (including those in bad packets) received on the
network (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
Packets The number of packets (including bad packets) received during this sampling interval.
Broadcast The number of good packets received during this sampling interval that were directed
to the broadcast address.
Multicast The number of good packets received during this sampling interval that were directed
to a multicast address. This number does not include packets addressed to the
broadcast address.
Utilization% The best estimate of the mean physical layer network utilization on this interface
during this sampling interval, in hundredths of a percent.
CRC Align The number of packets received during this sampling interval that had a length
(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) between 64 and 1518 octets,
inclusive, but had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number
of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment
Error).
Undersize The number of packets received during this sampling interval that were less than 64
octets long (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) and were otherwise well
formed.
232 RMON Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
rmon alarm
The
rmon alarm
Global Configuration mode command configures alarm conditions. To remove an
alarm, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
rmon alarm
index variable interval rthreshold fthreshold revent fevent
[
type
type
] [
startup
direction
] [
owner
name
]
no rmon alarm
index
•
index
—The alarm index. (Range: 1 - 65535)
•
variable
—The object identifier of the particular variable to be sampled.
•
interval
—The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled and compared with the
rising and falling thresholds. (Range: 1 - 2147483648)
•
rthreshold
—Rising Threshold. (Range: 1 - 4294967295)
•
fthreshold
—Falling Threshold. (Range: 1 - 4294967295)
•
revent
—The Event index used when a rising threshold is crossed.(Range: 1 - 65535)
•
fevent
—The Event index used when a falling threshold is crossed. (Range: 1 - 65535)
Oversize The number of packets received during this sampling interval that were longer than
1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well
formed.
Fragments The total number of packets received during this sampling interval that were less than
64 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) had either a bad
Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error), or a bad
FCS with a non-integral number of octets (AlignmentError). It is normal for
etherHistoryFragments to increment because it counts both runts (which are normal
occurrences due to collisions) and noise hits.
Jabbers The number of packets received during this sampling interval that were longer than
1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets), and had either a bad
Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad
FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error).
Dropped The total number of events in which packets were dropped by the probe due to lack of
resources during this sampling interval. This number is not necessarily the number of
packets dropped, it is just the number of times this condition has been detected.
Collisions The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment during
this sampling interval.
RMON Commands 233
•
type
type
—The sampling method for the selected variable and calculating the value to be
compared against the thresholds. If the method is
absolute
, the value of the selected
variable is compared directly with the thresholds at the end of the sampling interval. If
the method is
delta
, the selected variable value at the last sample is subtracted from the
current value, and the difference compared with the thresholds.
•
startup
direction
—The alarm that may be sent when this entry is first set to valid. If the
first sample (after this entry becomes valid) is greater than or equal to the
rthreshold
, and
direction
is equal to
rising
or
rising-falling
, then a single rising alarm is generated. If the
first sample (after this entry becomes valid) is less than or equal to the
fthreshold
, and
direction
is equal to
falling
or
rising-falling
, then a single falling alarm is generated.
•
owner
name
—Enter a name that specifies who configured this alarm. If unspecified, the
name is an empty string.
Default Configuration
The following parameters have the following default values:
•
type
type
—If unspecified, the type is
absolute
.
•
startup
direction
—If unspecified, the startup direction is
rising-falling
.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the following alarm conditions:
• Alarm index—1000
•Variable
identifier—dell
• Sample interval—360000 seconds
• Rising threshold—1000000
• Falling threshold—1000000
• Rising threshold event index—10
• Falling threshold event index—20
show rmon alarm-table
The
show rmon alarm-table
User EXEC mode command displays the alarms summary table.
Console (config)# rmon alarm 1000 dell 360000 1000000 1000000 10
20
234 RMON Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show rmon alarm-table
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the alarms summary table.
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
show rmon alarm
The
show rmon alarm
User EXEC mode command displays alarm configuration.
Syntax
show rmon alarm
number
•
number
—Alarm index. (Range: 1 - 65535)
Console# show rmon alarm-table
Index OID Owner
----- ------------------- --------------
1 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.1 CLI
2 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.1 Manager
3 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.9 CLI
Field Description
Index An index that uniquely identifies the entry.
OID Monitored variable OID.
Owner The entity that configured this entry.
RMON Commands 235
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays RMON 1 alarms.
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Console# show rmon alarm 1
Alarm 1
-------
OID: 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.1
Last sample Value: 878128
Interval: 30
Sample Type: delta
Startup Alarm: rising
Rising Threshold: 8700000
Falling Threshold: 78
Rising Event: 1
Falling Event: 1
Owner: CLI
Field Description
OID Monitored variable OID.
Last Sample Value The statistic value during the last sampling period. For example, if the sample
type is delta, this value is the difference between the samples at the beginning
and end of the period. If the sample type is absolute, this value is the sampled
value at the end of the period.
Alarm Alarm index.
Owner The entity that configured this entry.
236 RMON Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
rmon event
The
rmon event
Global Configuration mode command configures an event. To remove an event,
use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
rmon event
index type
[
community
text
]
[
description
text
] [
owner
name
]
no rmon event
index
•
index
—The event index. (Range: 1 - 65535)
•
type
—The type of notification that the device generates about this event. Can have the
following values:
none
,
log
,
trap
,
log-trap
. In the case of log, an entry is made in the log
table for each event. In the case of trap, an SNMP trap is sent to one or more
management stations.
•
community
text
—If an SNMP trap is to be sent, it is sent to the SNMP community
specified by this octet string. (Range: 0-127 characters)
•
description
text
—A comment describing this event. (Range: 0-127 characters)
•
owner
name
—Enter a name that specifies who configured this event. If unspecified, the
name is an empty string. (Range: 0-127 characters)
Interval The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled and compared with the
rising and falling thresholds.
Sample Type The method of sampling the variable and calculating the value compared
against the thresholds. If the value is absolute, the value of the variable is
compared directly with the thresholds at the end of the sampling interval. If
the value is delta, the value of the variable at the last sample is subtracted from
the current value, and the difference compared with the thresholds.
Startup Alarm The alarm that may be sent when this entry is first set. If the first sample is
greater than or equal to the rising threshold, and startup alarm is equal to rising
or rising and falling, then a single rising alarm is generated. If the first sample is
less than or equal to the falling threshold, and startup alarm is equal falling or
rising and falling, then a single falling alarm is generated.
Rising Threshold A sampled statistic threshold. When the current sampled value is greater than
or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval is less
than this threshold, a single event is generated.
Falling Threshold A sampled statistic threshold. When the current sampled value is less than or
equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval is greater
than this threshold, a single event is generated.
Rising Event The event index used when a rising threshold is crossed.
Falling Event The event index used when a falling threshold is crossed.
RMON Commands 237
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures an event with the trap index of 10.
show rmon events
The
show rmon events
User EXEC mode command displays the RMON event table.
Syntax
show rmon events
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the RMON event table.
Console (config)# rmon event 10 log
238 RMON Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
show rmon log
The
show rmon log
User EXEC mode command displays the RMON logging table.
Syntax
show rmon log
[
event
]
•
event
—Event index. (Range: 0 - 65535)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
Console# show rmon events
Index Description Type Community Owner Last time sent
----- ----------- -------- --------- ------- --------------------
1 Errors Log CLI Jan 18 2002 23:58:17
2 High
Broadcast
Log-Trap device Manager Jan 18 2002 23:59:48
Field Description
Index An index that uniquely identifies the event.
Description A comment describing this event.
Type The type of notification that the device generates about this event. Can have the
following values: none, log, trap, log-trap. In the case of log, an entry is made in
the log table for each event. In the case of trap, an SNMP trap is sent to one or
more management stations.
Community If an SNMP trap is to be sent, it is sent to the SNMP community specified by this
octet string.
Owner The entity that configured this event.
Last time sent The time this entry last generated an event. If this entry has not generated any
events, this value is zero.
RMON Commands 239
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the RMON logging table.
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Console# show rmon log
Maximum table size: 500
Event Description Time
------- -------------- ---------
1 Errors Jan 18 2002 23:48:19
1 Errors Jan 18 2002 23:58:17
2 High Broadcast Jan 18 2002 23:59:48
Console# show rmon log
Maximum table size: 500 (800 after reset)
Event Description Time
------- -------------- ---------
1 Errors Jan 18 2002 23:48:19
1 Errors Jan 18 2002 23:58:17
2 High Broadcast Jan 18 2002 23:59:48
Field Description
Event An index that uniquely identifies the event.
Description A comment describing this event.
Time The time this entry created.
240 RMON Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
rmon table-size
The
rmon table-size
Global Configuration mode command configures the maximum RMON
tables sizes. To return to the default configuration, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
rmon table-size
{
history
entries
|
log
entries
}
no rmon table-size
{
history
|
log
}
•
history
entries
—Maximum number of history table entries. (Range: 20 - 32767)
•
log
entries
—Maximum number of log table entries. (Range: 20 - 32767)
Default Configuration
History table size is 270.
Log table size is 200.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The configured table size is effective after the device is rebooted.
Example
The following example configures the maximum RMON history table sizes to 1000 entries.
Console (config)# rmon table-size history 1000
SNMP Commands 241
SNMP Commands
snmp-server community
Use the
snmp-server community
command to set up the community access string to permit access
to the Simple Network Management Protocol command. Use the
no
form of this command
removes the specified community string.
Syntax
snmp-server community
community
[
ro
|
rw
|
su
] [
ip-address
] [
view
view-name
]
snmp-server community-group
community group-name
[
ip-address
]
no snmp-server community
community
[
ip-address
]
•
community
— Community string that acts like a password and permits access to the
SNMP protocol. (Range :1- 20 chars)
•
ro
— Specifies read-only access (Default)
•
rw
— Specifies read-write access
•
su
— Specifies SNMP administrator access
•
view
view-name
— Name of a previously defined view. The view defines the objects
available to the community. It’s not relevant for
su
,
which has an access to the whole
MIB. If unspecified, all the objects except of the community-table and SNMPv3 user and
access tables are available. (Range: 1- 30 chars)
•
ip-address
— Management station IP address. Default is all IP addresses. An out-of-band
IP address can be specified as described in the usage guidelines. (Range: Valid IP address)
•
group-name
— Name of a previously defined group. The group defines the objects
available to the community. (Range :1- 30 chars)
Default Configuration
There are no default communities defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• You can’t specify view-name for
su
, which has an access to the whole MIB.
• You can use the
view-name
to restrict the access rights of a community string.
By specifying the
view-name
parameter the software:
1
Generates an internal security-name.
242 SNMP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
2
Map the internal security-name for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 security models to an internal
group-name.
3
Map the internal group-name for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 security models to
view-name
(read-view and notify-view always, and for
rw
for write-view also)
• You can use the
group-name
to restrict the access rights of a community string.
By specifying the
group-name
parameter the software:
1
Generates an internal security-name.
2
Map the internal security-name for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 security models to the
group-
name
.
Examples
The following example sets up the community access string "public" to permit administrative
access to SNMP protocol, at an administrative station with the IP address 192.168.1.20.
snmp-server view
To create or update a view entry, use the
snmp-server view
global configuration command. To
remove the specified Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server view entry, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
snmp-server view
view-name
oid-tree
{
included
|
excluded
}
no snmp-server view
view-name
[
oid-tree
]
•
view-name
— Label for the view record that you are updating or creating. The name is
used to reference the record. (Range:1 - 30 chars)
•
oid-tree
— Object identifier of the ASN.1 subtree to be included or excluded from the
view. To identify the subtree, specify a text string consisting of numbers, such as
1.3.6.2.4
,
or a word, such as
system
. Replace a single subidentifier with the asterisk (*) wildcard to
specify a subtree family; for example 1.3.*.4.
•
included
— The view type is included.
•
excluded
— The view type is excluded.
Default Setting
"Default" and "DefaultSuper" views exists.
Command Mode
Global configuration
Console (config)# snmp-server community public su 192.168.1.20
SNMP Commands 243
User Guidelines
• You can enter this command multiple times for the same view record.
• The number of views is limited to 64.
• "Default" and "DefaultSuper" views exist. Those views are used by the software internally and
can't be deleted or modified.
Example
The following example creates a view that includes all objects in the MIB-II system group except
for sysServices (System 7) and all objects for interface 1 in the MIB-II interfaces group:
snmp-server filter
To create or update a filter entry, use the
snmp-server filter
global configuration command. To
remove the specified Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server filter entry, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
snmp-server filter
filter-name
oid-tree
{
included
|
excluded
}
no snmp-server filter
filter-name
[
oid-tree
]
•
filter-name
— Label for the filter record that you are updating or creating. The name is
used to reference the record. (Range: Up to 30 characters).
•
oid-tree
— Object identifier of the ASN.1 subtree to be included or excluded from the
view. To identify the subtree, specify a text string consisting of numbers, such as
1.3.6.2.4
,
or a word, such as
system
. Replace a single subidentifier with the asterisk (*) wildcard to
specify a subtree family; for example 1.3.*.4.
•
included
— The filter type is included.
•
excluded
— The filter type is excluded.
Default Configuration
Product specific.
Command Modes
Global Configuration
Console (config)#
snmp-server view
user-view system
included
Console (config)#
snmp-server view
user-view system.7
excluded
Console (config)#
snmp-server view
user-view ifEntry.*.1
include
244 SNMP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• You can enter this command multiple times for the same filter record. Later lines take
precedence when an object identifier is included in two or more lines. .
Example
The following example creates a filter that includes all objects in the MIB-II system group except
for sysServices (System 7) and all objects for interface 1 in the MIB-II interfaces group:
snmp-server contact
The
snmp-server contact
Global Configuration mode command sets up a system contact. To
remove the system contact information, use the
no
form of the command.
Syntax
snmp-server contact
text
no snmp-server contact
•
text
—Character string, up to 160 characters, describing the system contact information.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Do not include spaces in the text string.
Example
The following example displays setting up the system contact point as "Dell_Technical_Support".
snmp-server location
The
snmp-server location
Global Configuration mode command sets up information on where the
device is located. To remove the location string use, the
no
form of this command.
Console (config)# snmp-server view user-view system included
Console (config)# snmp-server view user-view system.7 excluded
Console (config)# snmp-server view user-view ifEntry.*.1
included
Console (config)# snmp-server contact Dell_Technical_Support
SNMP Commands 245
Syntax
snmp-server location
text
no snmp-server location
•
text
—Character string, up to 160 characters, describing the system location.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Do not include spaces in the text string.
Example
The following example sets the device location as "New_York".
snmp-server enable traps
The
snmp-server enable traps
Global Configuration mode command enables the switch to send
SNMP traps. To disable SNMP traps use the
no
form of the command.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps
no snmp-server enable traps
Default Configuration
Enabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example displays the command to enable SNMP traps.
Console (config)# snmp-server location New_York
Console (config)# snmp-server enable traps
246 SNMP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
snmp-server trap authentication
The
snmp-server trap authentication
Global Configuration mode command enables the switch to
send Simple Network Management Protocol traps when authentication fails. To disable SNMP
authentication failed traps, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
snmp-server trap authentication
no snmp-server trap authentication
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example displays the command to enable authentication failed SNMP traps.
snmp-server host
To specify the recipient of Simple Network Management Protocol notification operation, use the
snmp-server host
global configuration command. Use the
no
form of this command to remove the
specified host.
Syntax
snmp-server host
{
ip-address
|
hostname
}
community-string
[
traps
|
informs
] [
1
|
2
] [
udp-port
port
] [
filter
filtername
] [
timeout
seconds
] [
retries
retries
]
no snmp-server host
{
ip-address
|
hostname
} [
traps
|
informs
]
•
ip-address
— Internet address of the host (the targeted recipient). An out-of-band IP
address can be specified as described in the usage guidelines.
•
hostname
— Hostname of the host. (Range: 1 - 158 characters).
•
community-string
— Password-like community string sent with the notification operation.
(Range: 1 - 20 chars)
•
traps
— Sends SNMP traps to this host (Default).
•
informs
— Sends SNMP informs to this host. Not applicable to SNMPv1.
Console (config)# snmp-server trap authentication
SNMP Commands 247
•
1
— SNMPv1 traps will be used.
•
2
— SNMPv2 traps will be used (Default).
•
udp-port
port
— UDP port of the host to use. The default is 162. (Range: 1 - 65535)
•
filter
filtername
— A string that is the name of the filter that define the filter for this
host. If unspecified, does not filter anything. (Range : Up to 30 characters).
•
timeout
seconds
— Number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment before resending
informs. The default is 15 seconds. (Range :1 - 300)
•
retries
retries
— Maximum number of times to resend an inform request, when response
is not received for generated message. The default is 3. (Range: 0 - 255)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• When configuring snmp v1 or v2 notification recipients, the software should automatically
generate notification views for those recipients, for all MIBs.
Example
The following example specifies the recipient of Simple Network Management Protocol
notification operation.
snmp-server set
The
snmp-server set
Global Configuration mode command sets SNMP MIB value by the CLI.
Syntax
snmp-server set
variable-name name1 value1 [name2 value2 …]
•
variable-name
— MIB variable name.
•
name value.
— List of name and value pairs. In case of scalar MIBs there is only a single
pair of name values. In case of entry in a table the first pairs are the indexes, followed by
one or more fields.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Console (config)# snmp-server host 10.1.1.1 management 2
248 SNMP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Although the CLI can set any required configuration, there might be a situation where a
SNMP user sets a MIB variable that does not have an equivalent command. In order to
generate configuration files that support those situations, the
snmp-server set
command is
used.
•
This
command is context sensitive.
Examples
The following example sets the scalar MIB "sysName" to have the value "dell".
The following example sets the entry MIB "rndCommunityTable" with keys 0.0.0.0 and "public".
The field rndCommunityAccess gets the value "super" and the rest of the fields get their default
values.
snmp-server group
To configure a new Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) group, or a table that maps
SNMP users to SNMP views, use the snmp-server group global configuration command. To remove
a specified SNMP group, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
snmp-server group
groupname {
v1
|
v2
|
v3
{
noauth
|
auth
|
priv
} [
notify
notifyview ] } [
context
name]
[
read
readview] [
write
writeview]
no snmp-server group
groupname [
v1
|
v2
|
v3
[
noauth
|
auth
|
priv
]] [
context
name]
•
groupname
— The name of the group. (Range: Up to 30 characters)
•
v1
— SNMP
Version 1 security model.
•
v2
— SNMP
Version 2 security model.
•
v3
— SNMP
Version 3 security model.
•
noauth
— Specifies no authentication of a packet. Applicable only to SNMP
Version 3
security model.
•
auth
— Specifies authentication of a packet without encrypting it. Applicable only to
SNMP
Version 3 security model.
Console (config)# snmp-server set sysName sysname dell
Console (config)# snmp-server set rndCommunityTable
rndCommunityMngStationAddr 0.0.0.0 rndCommunityString public
rndCommunityAccess super
SNMP Commands 249
•
priv
—Specifies authentication of a packet with encryption. Applicable only to SNMP
Version 3 security model.
•
context
name
— Specifies context of packet.
•
read
readview
— A
string that is the name of the view that enables you only to view the
contents of the agent. If unspecified, all the objects except of the community-table and
SNMPv3 user and access tables are available. (Range: Up to 30 characters)
•
write
writeview
— A string that is the name of the view that enables you to enter data and
configure the contents of the agent. If unspecified, nothing is defined for the write view.
(Range: Up to 30 characters)
•
notify notifyview
— A string that is the name of the view that enables you to specify an
inform or a trap. If unspecified, nothing is defined for the notify view. (Range: Up to 30
characters)
Default configuration
No group entry exists.
Command Mode
Global configuration
User Guidelines
• The Router context is translated to "" context in the MIB.
Example
The following example configures a new Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) group or
a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views
snmp-server user
To configure a new SNMP Version 3 user, use the snmp-server user global configuration
command. To remove a user, use the no form of the command.
Syntax
snmp-server user
username
groupname
[
remote
engineid-string
] [
auth
-
md5
password
|
auth-
sha
password
|
auth
-
md5-key
md5-des-keys
|
auth
-
sha-key
sha-des-keys
]
no snmp-server user
username
[
remote
engineid-string
]
•
username
— The name of the user on the host that connects to the agent. (Range: Up to
30 characters)
Console (config)# snmp-server group user-group v3 priv read
user-view
250 SNMP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
groupname
— The name of the group to which the user belongs.(Range: Up to 30
characters)
•
remote
engineid-string
— Specifies the engine ID of remote SNMP entity to which the
user belongs. The engine ID is concatenated hexadecimal string. Each byte in
hexadecimal character strings is two hexadecimal digits. Each byte can be separated by a
period or colon.(Range: 5 - 32 characters)
•
auth-md5
—The HMAC-MD5-96 authentication level. The user should enter password.
•
auth-sha
—The HMAC-SHA-96 authentication level. The user should enter password.
•
password
— A password (not to exceed 32 characters) for authentication and generation
of DES key for privacy.(Range: Up to 30 characters)
•
auth
-
md5-key
— The HMAC-MD5-96 authentication level. The user should enter
authentication and privacy keys.
•
md5-des-keys
— Concatenated hexadecimal string of the MD5 key (MSB) and the privacy
key (LSB). If authentication is only required you should enter 16 bytes, if authentication
and privacy are required you should enter 32 bytes. Each byte in hexadecimal character
strings is two hexadecimal digits. Each byte can be separated by a period or colon.
(Range: 16 - 32 characters)
•
auth
-
sha-key
—The HMAC-SHA-96 authentication level. The user should enter
authentication and privacy keys.
•
sha-des-keys
— Concatenated hexadecimal string of the SHA key (MSB) and the privacy
key (LSB). If authentication is only required you should enter 20 bytes, if authentication
and privacy are required you should enter 36 bytes. Each byte in hexadecimal character
strings is two hexadecimal digits. Each byte can be separated by a period or colon.
(Range: 20 - 36 characters)
Default configuration
No group entry exists.
Command Mode
Global configuration
User Guidelines
• If
auth-md5
or
auth-sha
is specified, both authentication and privacy are enabled for the
user.
When you enter a
show running-config
command, you will not see a line for this user. To
see if this user has been added to the configuration, type the
show snmp user
command.
An SNMP EngineID should be defined in order to add users to the device.
Changing or removing the value of snmpEngineID deletes the SNMPv3 users database.
SNMP Commands 251
Example
The following example configures a new SNMP Version 3 use
r.
snmp-server v3-host
The
snmp-server v3-host
Global Configuration mode command specifies the recipient of Simple
Network Management Protocol Version 3 notifications. To remove the specified host, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
snmp-server v3-host {
ip-address
|
hostname
}
username
[traps | informs] {noauth | auth |
priv} [udp-port
port
] [filter
filtername
] [timeout
seconds
] [retries
retries
]
no snmp-server host {
ip-address
|
hostname
}
username
[traps | informs]
•
ip-address
—Specifies the IP address of the host (targeted recipient).
•
hostname
—Specifies the name of the host. (Range:1-158 characters).
•
username
—Specifies the name of the user to use to generate the notification. (Range: 1-
24)
•
traps
— Indicates that SNMP traps are sent to this host.
•
informs
— Indicates that SNMP informs are sent to this host.
•
noauth
— Indicates no authentication of a packet.
•
auth
— Indicates authentication of a packet without encrypting it.
•
priv
— Indicates authentication of a packet with encryption.
•
port
— Specifies the UDP port of the host to use. If unspecified, the default UDP port
number is 162.
(Range: 1-65535)
•
filtername
— Specifies a string that defines the filter for this host. If unspecified, nothing
is filtered.
(Range: 1-30 characters)
•
seconds
— Specifies the number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment before
resending informs. If unspecified, the default timeout period is 15 seconds. (Range: 1-
300)
•
retries
— Specifies the maximum number of times to resend an inform request. If
unspecified, the default maximum number of retries is 3. (Range: 1-255)
Default Setting
This command has no default configuration.
Console (config)# snmp-server user
252 SNMP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• A user and notification view are not automatically created. Use the
snmp-server user
,
snmp-
server group
and
snmp-server view
Global Configuration mode commands to generate a user,
group and notify group, respectively.
Example
The following example configures an SNMPv3 host.
snmp-server engineID local
The
snmp-server engineID
local
Global Configuration mode command specifies the Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engineID on the local device. To remove the configured
engine ID, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
snmp-server engineID local
{
engineid-string
|
default
}
no snmp-server engineID local
•
engineid-string
— Specifies a character string that identifies the engine ID. (Range: 5-32
characters)
•
default
— The engine ID is created automatically based on the device MAC address.
Default Setting
The engine ID is not configured.
If SNMPv3 is enabled using this command, and the default is specified, the default engine ID
is defined per standard as:
• First 4 octets — first bit = 1, the rest is IANA Enterprise number.
• Fifth octet — set to 3 to indicate the MAC address that follows.
• Last 6 octets — MAC address of the device.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• To use SNMPv3, you have to specify an engine ID for the device. You can specify your own ID
or use a default string that is generated using the MAC address of the device.
Console(config)# snmp-server v3-host 192.168.0.20 john noauth
SNMP Commands 253
If the SNMPv3 engine ID is deleted or the configuration file is erased, SNMPv3 cannot be
used. By default, SNMPv1/v2 are enabled on the device. SNMPv3 is enabled only by defining
the Local Engine ID.
If you want to specify your own ID, you do not have to specify the entire 32-character engine
ID if it contains trailing zeros. Specify only the portion of the engine ID up to the point where
just zeros remain in the value. For example, to configure an engine ID of
123400000000000000000000, you can specify snmp-server engineID local 1234.
Since the engine ID should be unique within an administrative domain, the following is
recommended:
• For a standalone device, use the default keyword to configure the engine ID.
• For a stackable system, configure the engine ID and verify its uniqueness.
Changing the value of the engine ID has the following important side-effect. A user's
password (entered on the command line) is converted to an MD5 or SHA security digest. This
digest is based on both the password and the local engine ID. The user’s command line
password is then destroyed, as required by RFC 2274. As a result, the security digests of
SNMPv3 users become invalid if the local value of the engine ID change, and the users will
have to be reconfigured.
You cannot specify an engine ID that consists of all 0x0, all 0xF or 0x000000001.
The
show running-config
Privileged EXEC mode command does not display the SNMP
engine ID configuration. To see the SNMP engine ID configuration, enter the snmp-server
engine ID local
GlobalConfiguration mode command.
Example
The following example specifies the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engineID on
the local device.
show snmp engineid
The
show snmp engineID
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the ID of the local Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engine.
Syntax
show snmp engineID
Default Setting
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Console(config) # snmp-server engineID local default
254 SNMP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the SNMP engine ID.
show snmp
The
show snmp
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the SNMP status.
Syntax
show snmp
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the SNMP communications status.
Console# show snmp engineID
Local SNMP engineID: 08009009020C0B099C075878
console# sh snmp
SNMP Commands 255
.
show snmp views
To display the configuration of views use the show snmp views Privileged EXEC command
Syntax
show snmp views
[
viewname
]
•
viewname
—
The name of the view. Range: Up to 30 characters
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command
Example
The following example displays the configuration of views use the show snmp views Privileged
EXEC command.
Traps are enabled.
Authentication trap is enabled.
Version 1,2 notifications
Target
Address
Type Communit
y
Version UDP Port Filter
name
TO sec
Retrie
s
Version 3 notifications
Target
Address
Type Username Secu-
rity
Level
UDP Port Filter
name
TO sec Retrie
s
System Contact:
System Location:
console#
256 SNMP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show snmp groups
To display the configuration of groups use the
show snmp groups
Privileged EXEC command.
Syntax
show snmp groups
[
groupname
]
•groupnam
— The name of the group
.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the configuration of views use the show snmp views Privileged
EXEC command.
Console # show snmp views
Name OID Tree Type
user-view 1.3.6.1.2.1.1 Included
user-view 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7 Excluded
user-view 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.*.1 Included
SNMP Commands 257
show snmp filters
To display the configuration of filters use the show snmp filters Privileged EXEC command
.
Syntax
show snmp filters
[
filtername
]
• filternam
— The name of the view
.
Range: Up to 30 character
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Console # show snmp
groups
Name Security Views
Model Level Context Read Write Notify
user-group V3 priv - Default -
managers-group V3 priv - Default Default -
managers-group V3 priv - Default -
Console # show snmp groups user-group
Name: user-group
Security Model: V3
Security Level: priv
Security Context: -
Read View: Default
Write View: ""
Notify View: ""
258 SNMP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command
Example
The following example displays the configuration of filters use the show snmp filters Privileged
EXEC command.
show snmp users
To display the configuration of groups use the
show snmp users
Privileged EXEC command.
Syntax
show snmp users
[
username
]
• usernam
— The name of the user
..
Range: Up to 30 character
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command
Example
The following example displays the configuration of groups use the
show snmp users
Privileged
EXEC command.
Console # show snmp filters
Name OID Tree Type
user-filter 1.3.6.1.2.1.1 Included
user-filter 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7 Excluded
user-filter 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.*.1 Included
SNMP Commands 259
Console # show snmp users
Name group name Auto Method Remote
John 1.3.6.1.2.1.1 md5
John 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7 md5 08009009020C0B09
9C075879
Console # show snmp users John
Name: John
Group name: user-group
Auth Method: md5
Remote:
Name: John
Group name: user-group
Auth Method: md5
Remote: 08009009020C0B099C075879
260 SNMP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Spanning-Tree Commands 261
Spanning-Tree Commands
spanning-tree
The
spanning-tree
Global Configuration mode command enables spanning-tree functionality. To
disable spanning-tree functionality, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree
no spanning-tree
Default Configuration
Spanning-tree is enabled.
Command Modes
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example enables spanning-tree functionality.
spanning-tree mode
The
spanning-tree mode
Global Configuration mode command configures the spanning-tree
protocol. To return to the default configuration, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mode
{
stp
|
rstp
|
mstp
}
no spanning-tree mode
•
stp
—STP is the Spanning Tree operative mode.
•
rstp
—RSTP is the Spanning Tree operative mode.
•mstp
—MSTP is enabled
Default Configuration
STP
Console(config)# spanning-tree
262 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Modes
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• In RSTP mode, the switch would use STP when the neighbor switch is using STP.
• In MSTP mode the switch would use RSTP when the neighbor switch is using RSTP, and
would use STP when the neighbor switch is using STP
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree protocol to RSTP.
spanning-tree forward-time
The
spanning-tree forward-time
Global Configuration mode command configures the spanning-
tree bridge forward time, which is the amount of time a port remains in the listening and learning
states before entering the forwarding state.
To reset the default forward time, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree forward-time
seconds
no spanning-tree forward-time
•
seconds
—Time in seconds. (Range: 4 - 30)
Default Configuration
The default forwarding-time for IEEE Spanning-tree Protocol (STP) is 15 seconds.
Command Modes
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• When configuring the Forward-Time the following relationship should be kept:
– 2*(Forward-Time - 1) >= Max-Age
Example
The following example configures spanning-tree bridge forward time to 25 seconds.
Console(config)# spanning-tree mode rstp
Console(config)# spanning-tree forward-time 25
Spanning-Tree Commands 263
spanning-tree hello-time
The
spanning-tree hello-time
Global Configuration mode command configures the spanning-tree
bridge hello time, which is how often the switch broadcasts hello messages to other switches.To
reset the default hello time, use the
no
form of this command.
264 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
spanning-tree hello-time
seconds
no spanning-tree
hello-time
•
seconds
—Time in seconds. (Range: 1 - 10)
Default Configuration
The default hello time for IEEE Spanning-Tree Protocol (STP) is 2 seconds.
Command Modes
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• When configuring the Hello-Time the following relationship should be kept:
– Max-Age >= 2*(Hello-Time + 1)
Example
The following example configures spanning-tree bridge hello time to 5 seconds.
spanning-tree max-age
The
spanning-tree max-age
Global Configuration mode command configures the spanning-tree
bridge maximum age. To reset the default maximum age, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree max-age
seconds
no spanning-tree max-age
•
seconds
-Time in seconds. (Range: 6 - 40)
Default Configuration
The default max-age for IEEE STP is 20 seconds.
Command Modes
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• When configuring the Max-Age the following relationships should be kept:
– 2*(Forward-Time - 1) >= Max-Age
– Max-Age >= 2*(Hello-Time + 1)
Console(config)# spanning-tree hello-time 5
Spanning-Tree Commands 265
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree bridge maximum-age to 10 seconds.
spanning-tree priority
The
spanning-tree priority
Global Configuration mode command configures the spanning-tree
priority. The priority value is used to determine which bridge is elected as the root bridge. To reset
the default spanning-tree priority use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree priority
priority
no spanning-tree priority
•
priority
—Priority of the bridge. (Range: 0 - 65535 in steps of 4096)
Default Configuration
The default bridge priority for IEEE STP is 32768.
Command Modes
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The priority value must be a multiple of 4096.
• The bridge with the lowest priority is elected to be the Root Bridge.
Example
The following example configures spanning-tree priority to 12288.
spanning-tree disable
The
spanning-tree disable
Interface Configuration mode command disables spanning-tree on a
specific port. To enable spanning-tree on a port use, the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree disable
no spanning-tree disable
Default Configuration
By default, all ports are enabled for spanning-tree.
Console(config)# spanning-tree max-age 10
Console(config)# spanning-tree priority 12288
266 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Modes
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• When STP is disabled, the device will not forward STP BPDU's based on the Forward BPDU's
setting.
Example
The following example disables spanning-tree on g5.
spanning-tree cost
The
spanning-tree cost
Interface Configuration mode command configures the spanning-tree path
cost for a port. To reset the default port path cost, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree cost
cost
no spanning-tree cost
•
cost
—The port path cost (Range: 1 - 200,000,000)
Default Configuration
For the default short pathcost method, the cost values are: port channel - 4; 1000 mbps - 4;
100 mbps - 19; 10 mbps - 100.
Command Modes
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• The method used (long or short) is set by using the
spanning-tree pathcost method
command.
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree cost on g5 to 35000.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g5
Console (config-if)# spanning-tree disable
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree cost 35000
Spanning-Tree Commands 267
spanning-tree port-priority
The
spanning-tree port-priority
Interface Configuration mode command configures port priority.
To reset the default port priority, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree port-priority
priority
no spanning-tree port-priority
•
priority
—The port priority. (Range: 0 - 240 in multiples of 16)
Default Configuration
The default port-priority for IEEE STP is 128.
Command Modes
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the spanning priority on g5 to 96.
spanning-tree portfast
The
spanning-tree portfast
Interface Configuration mode command enables PortFast mode. In
PortFast mode, the interface is immediately put into the forwarding state upon linkup, without
waiting for the timer to expire. To disable PortFast mode, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree portfast
no spanning-tree portfast
Default Configuration
PortFast mode is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree port-priority 96
268 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• This feature should be used only with interfaces connected to end stations. Otherwise, an
accidental topology loop could cause a data packet loop and disrupt switch and network
operations.
Example
The following example enables PortFast on g5
.
spanning-tree link-type
The
spanning-tree link-type
Interface Configuration mode command overrides the default link-
type setting. To reset the default, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree link-type
{
point-to-point
|
shared
}
no spanning-tree spanning-tree link-type
•
point-to-point
—Specifies the port link type as point-to-point.
•
shared
—Specifies that the port link type is shared.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Modes
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• The switch derives the link type of a port from the duplex mode. A full-duplex port is
considered a point-to-point link, and a half-duplex port is considered a shared link.
Example
The following example enables shared spanning-tree on g5
.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree portfast
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree link-type shared
Spanning-Tree Commands 269
spanning-tree mst priority
The
spanning-tree mst priority
Global Configuration mode command configures the device
priority for the specified spanning-tree instance. To return to the default configuration, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst
instance-id
priority
priority
no spanning-tree
mst
instance-id
priority
•
instance - id —
Displays the
ID of the spanning -tree instance (Range: 1-15).
•
priority —
Displays the device priority for the specified spanning-tree instance (Range: 0-
61440 in multiples of 4096).
Default Setting
The default bridge priority for IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is 32768.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The device with the lowest priority is selected as the root of the spanning tree.
Example
The following example configures the spanning tree priority of instance 1 to 4096.
spanning-tree mst max-hops
The
spanning-tree mst priority
Global Configuration mode command configures the number of
hops in an MST region before the BDPU is discarded and the port information is aged out. To
return to the default configuration, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst max-hops
hop-count
no spanning-tree mst max-hops
•
hop-count
—
Number of hops in an MST region before the BDPU is discarded .(Range: 1-
40)
Default Setting
The default number of hops is 20.
Console (config) # spanning-tree mst 1 priority 4096
270 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the maximum number of hops that a packet travels in an MST
region before it is discarded to 10.
spanning-tree mst port-priority
The
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Interface Configuration mode command configures port
priority for the specified MST instance. To return to the default configuration, use the
no
form of
this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst
instance-id
port-priority
priority
no spanning-tree mst
instance-id
port-priority
•
instance-ID —
ID of the spanning tree instance. (Range: 1-15)
•
priority —
The port priority. (Range: 0 - 240 in multiples of 16)
Default Setting
The default port priority for IEEE Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) is 128.
Command Modes
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidlines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the port priority of port g1 to 142.
Console (config) # spanning-tree mst max-hops 10
Console(config)# interface ethernet g1
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 1 port-priority 142
Spanning-Tree Commands 271
spanning-tree mst cost
The
spanning-tree mst cost
Interface Configuration mode command configures the path cost for
multiple spanning tree (MST) calculations. If a loop occurs, the spanning tree considers path cost
when selecting an interface to put in the forwarding state. To return to the default configuration,
use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst
instance-id
cost
cost
no spanning-tree mst
instance-id
cost
•
instance-ID —
ID of the spanning -tree instance (Range: 1-15).
•
cost —
The port path cost. (Range: 1 - 200,000,000)
Default Setting
Default path cost is determined by port speed and path cost method (long or short) as shown
below:
Command Modes
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Example
The following example configures the MSTP instance 1 path cost for Ethernet port e9 to 4.
spanning-tree mst configuration
The
spanning-tree mst configuration
Global Configuration mode command enables configuring
an MST region by entering the Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) mode.
Interface Long Short
Port-channel 20,000 4
Gigabit Ethernet (1000 Mbps) 20,000 4
Fast Ethernet (100 Mbps) 200,000 19
Ethernet (10 Mbps) 2,000,000 100
Console(config) # interface ethernet 1/e9
Console(config-if) # spanning-tree mst 1 cost 4
272 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
spanning-tree mst configuration
Default Setting
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• All devices in an MST region must have the same VLAN mapping, configuration revision
number, and name.
Example
The following example configures an MST region.
instance (mst)
The
instance
MST
Configuration mode command maps VLANS to an MST instance.
Syntax
instance
instance-id
{add | remove} vlan
vlan-range
•
instance-ID —
ID of the MST instance (Range: 1- 8).
•
vlan-range —
VLANs to be added to or removed from the specified MST instance. To
specify a range of VLANs, use a hyphen. To specify a series of VLANs, use a comma.
(Range: 1-4094).
Default Setting
VLANs are mapped to the common and internal spanning tree (CIST) instance (instance 0).
Command Modes
MST Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• All VLANs that are not explicitly mapped to an MST instance are mapped to the common
and internal spanning tree (CIST) instance (instance 0) and cannot be unmapped from the
CIST.
Console(config)# spanning-tree mst configuration
Console(config-mst) # instance 1 add vlan 10-20
Console(config-mst) # name region1
Console(config-mst) # revision 1
Spanning-Tree Commands 273
For two or more devices to be in the same MST region, they must have the same VLAN
mapping, the same configuration revision number, and the same name.
Example
The following example maps VLANs 10-20 to MST instance 1.
name (mst)
The
name
MST
Configuration mode command defines the configuration name. To return to the
default setting, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
name
string
•
string—
MST configuration name. Case-sensitive (Range: 1-32 characters).
Default Setting
The default name is a bridge ID.
Command Mode
MST Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example defines the configuration name as regional.
revision (mst)
The
revision
MST
configuration command defines the configuration revision number. To return to
the default configuration, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
revision
value
no revision
•
value —
Configuration revision number (Range: 0-65535).
Console(config)# spanning-tree mst configuration
Console(config-mst)# instance 1 add vlan 10-20
Console(config) # spanning-tree mst configuration
Console(config-mst) # name region 1
274 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Setting
The default configuration revision number is 0.
Command Mode
MST Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example sets the configuration revision to 1.
show (mst)
The
show
MST
Configuration mode command displays the current or pending MST region
configuration.
Syntax
show {current | pending}
•
current —
Indicates the current region configuration.
•
pending —
Indicates the pending region configuration.
Default Setting
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
MST Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The pending MST region configuration takes effect only after exiting the MST configuration
mode.
Example
The following example displays a pending MST region configuration.
Console(config) # spanning-tree mst configuration
Console(config-mst) # revision 1
Console(config-mst)# show pending
Pending MST configuration
Spanning-Tree Commands 275
exit (mst)
The
exit
MST
Configuration mode command exits the MST configuration mode and applies all
configuration changes.
Syntax
exit
Default Setting
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
MST Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example exits the MST configuration mode and saves changes.
abort (mst)
The
abort
MST
Configuration mode command exits the MST configuration mode without applying
the configuration changes.
Syntax
abort
Default Setting
This command has no default configuration.
Name:
Region1
Revision: 1
Instance Vlans Mapped State
-------- ------------ -------
0 1-9,21-4094 Enabled
1 10-20 Enabled
Console(config) # spanning-tree mst configuration
Console(config-mst) # exit
276 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
MST Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example exits the MST configuration mode without saving changes.
spanning-tree pathcost method
The
spanning-tree pathcost method
Global Configuration mode command sets the default path
cost method. To revert to the default setting, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree pathcost method
{
long
|
short
}
no spanning-tree pathcost method
•
long
—
Specifies 1 through 200,000,000 range for port path costs
.
•
short
—Specifies 0 through 65,535 range for port path costs.
Default Configuration
Short
Command Mode
Global configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The cost is set using the
spanning-tree cost
command.
Example
The following example sets the default path cost method to "long".
spanning-tree bpdu
The
spanning-tree bpdu
Global Configuration mode command defines BPDU handling when
spanning-tree is disabled on an interface.
Console(config) # spanning-tree mst configuration
Console(config-mst) # abort
Console# spanning-tree pathcost method long
Spanning-Tree Commands 277
Syntax
spanning-tree bpdu
{
filtering
|
flooding
}
•
filtering
—Filter BPDU packets when spanning-tree is disabled on an interface.
•
flooding
—Flood BPDU packets when spanning-tree is disabled on an interface.
Default Configuration
The default definition is flooding.
Command Modes
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The command is relevant when spanning-tree is disabled globally or on a single interface.
Example
The following example defines BPDU packet flooding when spanning-tree is disabled on an
interface
.
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
The
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Privileged EXEC mode command restarts the protocol
migration process (force the renegotiation with neighboring switches) on all interfaces or on the
specified interface.
Syntax
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
[
ethernet
interface number
|
port-channel
port-
channel-number
]
•
interface
—A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number
—A port-channel index.
Default Configuration
If no interface is specified, the action is applied to all interfaces.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• This feature should be used only when working in RSTP mode.
Console(config)# spanning-tree bpdu flooding
278 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example restarts the protocol migration process (forces the renegotiation with
neighboring switches) on g1.
show spanning-tree
The
show
spanning-tree
Privileged EXEC mode command displays spanning-tree configuration.
Syntax
show
spanning-tree
[
ethernet
interface-number
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
] [
instance
instance-id
]
show
spanning-tree [detail] [active | blockedports]
[
instance
instance-id
]
show
spanning-tree mst-configuration
•
detail
— Display detailed information.
•
active
—
Display active ports only.
•
blockedports
— Display blocked ports only.
•
mst-configuration
— Display the MST configuration identifier.
•
interface-number
— Ethernet port number. (Range:Valid Ethernet port)
•
port-channel-number
— Port channel index. (Range:Valid Ethernet port)
•
instance-id
— ID associated with a spanning-tree instance.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example displays spanning-tree information.
Console# clear spanning-tree detected-protocols ethernet g1
Spanning-Tree Commands 279
Console# show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Default port cost method: long
Root ID Priority 32768
Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost 2000
Root Port 1(1/1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID Priority 36864
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name State Prio.Nbr Cost Sts Role PortFast Type
---- ------- --------- ----- ----- ------ ------- ----
1 Enabled 128.1
20000
FWD Root No
P2p
(RST
P)
2 Enabled 128.2
20000
FWD Desg No
Shar
ed
(STP
)
3 Disabled 128.3
20000
4 Enabled 128.4
20000
BLK Altn No
Shar
ed
(STP
)
5 Enabled 128.5 20000 DIS
-
-
280 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
console# show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Default port cost method: long
Root ID Priority 36864
Address 00:02:4b:29:
7a:00
This switch is the Root.
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name State Prio.Nbr Cost Sts Role PortFast Type
1 Enabled 128.1
20000
FWD Desg No
P2p
(RST
P)
2 Enabled 128.2 20000 FWD Desg No
Shar
ed
(STP
)
3 Disabled 128.3
20000
4 Enabled 128.4
20000
FWD Desg No
Shar
ed
(STP
)
5 Enabled 128.5
20000
DIS -
Console# show spanning-tree
Spanning tree disabled (BPDU filtering) mode RSTP
Default port cost method: long
Root ID Priority N/A
Address N/A
Spanning-Tree Commands 281
Path Cost N/A
Root Port N/A
Hello Time N/A Max Age N/A Forward Delay
N/A
Bridge ID Priority 36864
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward
Delay 15 sec
Interface
s
Name State Prio.Nbr Cost Sts Role PortFast Type
1/1 Enabled 128.1 20000
1/2 Enabled 128.2 20000
1/3 Disabled 128.3 20000
1/4 Enabled 128.4
20000
1/5 Enabled 128.5 20000
Console# show spanning-tree active
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Default port cost method: long
Root ID Priority 32768
Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost 20000
oot Port 1 (1/1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward
Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID Priority 36864
282 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward
Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name State Prio.Nbr Cost Sts Role PortFast Type
1/1 Enabled 128.1 20000 FWD Root No
P2p
(RST
P)
1/2 Enabled 128.2 20000 FWD Desg No
Shar
ed
(STP
)
1/4 Enabled 128.4 20000 BLK Altn No Shar
ed
(STP
)
onsole# show spanning-tree blockedports
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Default port cost method: long
Root ID Priority 32768
Address 00:01:42:9
7:e0:00
Path Cost 20000
Root Port 1 (1/1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward
Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID Priority 36864
Spanning-Tree Commands 283
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name State Prio.Nbr Cost Sts Role PortFast Type
1/4 Enabled 128.4 19 BLK Altn No
Shar
ed
(STP
)
Console# show spanning-tree detail
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Default port cost method: long
Root ID Priority 32768
Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost 20000
Root Port 1 (1/1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID Priority 36864
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Number of topology changes 2 last change occurred 2d18h
ago
Times: hold 1, topology change 35, notification 2
hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
State: Forwarding Role: Root
284 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Port id: 128.1 Port cost: 20000
Type: P2p (configured: auto) RSTP Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Designated port id: 128.25 Designated path cost: 0
Guard root: Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding
state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
Port 2 (1/2) enabled
State: Forwarding Role: Designated
Port id: 128.2 Port cost: 20000
Type: Shared (configured: auto) STP Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated port id: 128.2 Designated path cost: 20000
Guard root: Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Port 3 (1/3) disabled
State: N/A Role: N/A
Port id: 128.3 Port cost: 20000
Type: N/A (configured: auto) Port Fast: N/A (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: N/A Address: N/A
Designated port id: N/A Designated path cost: N/A
Guard root:Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding state: N/A
BPDU: sent N/A, received N/A
Spanning-Tree Commands 285
Port 4 (1/4) enabled
State: Blocking Role: Alternate
Port Identifier: 128.4 Port cost: 20000
Type: Shared (configured: auto) STP Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 28672 Address: 00:30:94:41:62:c8
Designated port id: 128.25 Designated path cost: 20000
Guard root:Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
Port 5 (1/5) enabled
State: Disabled Role: N/A
Port id: 128.5 Port cost: 20000
Type: N/A (configured: auto) Port Fast: N/A (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: N/A Address: N/A
Designated port id: N/A Designated path cost: N/A
Guard root:Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding
state: N/A
BPDU: sent N/A, received N/A
Console# show spanning-tree ethernet 1/1
Port 1 (1/1) enabled
State: Forwarding Role: Root
Port id: 128.1 Port cost: 20000
Type: P2p (configured: auto) RSTP Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:01:42:97:e0:00
286 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Designated port id: 128.25 Designated path cost: 0
Guard root:Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding
state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
Console# show spanning-tree mst-configuration
Name: Region1
Revision: 1
Instance Vlans Mapped State
0 1-9,21-4094 Enabled
1 10-20 Enabled
Console# show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP
Default port cost method: long
###### MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9
CST Root ID Priority 32768
Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost 20000
Root Port 1 (1/1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward
Delay 15 sec
IST Master ID Priority 32768
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Spanning-Tree Commands 287
Hello Time 2 sec This switch is the IST master. Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15
sec Max hops 20
Interfaces
Nam
e
State
Prio.Nb
r
Cost Sts Role PortFast Type
1
Enabled
128.1
20000
FWD
Root
No P2p Bound
(RSTP)
2
Enabled
128.2
20000
FWD Desg No Shared
Bound (STP)
3
Enabled
128.3
20000
FWD
Desg
No P2p
4
Enabled
128.4
20000
FWD
Desg
No P2p
##### MST 1 Vlans Mapped: 10-20
Root ID Priority 24576
Address 00:02:4b:29:89:76
Path Cost 20000
Root Port 4(1/4)
Rem hops 19
Bridge ID Priority 32768
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
288 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Number of topology changes 2 last change occurred 1d9h ago
Times: hold 1, topology change 2, notification 2
hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Port 1 (1/1) enabled
State: Forwarding Role: Boundary
Port id: 128.1 Port cost: 20000
Type: P2p (configured: auto) Boundary RSTP Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated port id: 128.1 Designated path cost: 20000
Guard root:Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
Port 2 (1/2) enabled
State: Forwarding Role: Designated
Port id: 128.2 Port cost: 20000
Type: Shared (configured: auto) Boundary STP Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated port id: 128.2 Designated path cost: 20000
Guard root: Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Port 3 (1/3) disabled
State: Blocking Role: Alternate
Port id: 128.3 Port cost: 20000
Type: Shared (configured: auto) Internal Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:02:4b:29:1a:19
Designated port id: 128.78 Designated path cost: 20000
Spanning-Tree Commands 289
Guard root: Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Port 4 (1/4) enabled
State: Forwarding Role: Designated
Port id: 128.4 Port cost: 20000
Type: Shared (configured: auto) Internal Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated port id: 128.2 Designated cost: 20000
Guard root:Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Console# show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP
Default port cost method: long
###### MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9
CST Root ID Priority 32768
Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost 20000
Root Port 1 (1/1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward
Delay 15 sec
IST Master ID Priority 32768
290 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
spanning-tree mst mstp-rstp
Use the
spanning-tree mst mstp-rstp
global configuration command to configure the switch to
convert STP/RSTP packets to MSTP instances. Use the
no
form of this command to disable the
configuration.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst
mstp-rstp
no
spanning-tree mst
mstp-rstp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Address 00:02:4b:19:7a:00
Path Cost 10000
Rem hops 19
Bridge ID Priority 32768
Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward
Delay 15 sec Max hops 20
Console# show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP
Default port cost method: long
###### MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9
CST Root ID Priority 32768
Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00
This switch is root for
CST and IST master
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward
Delay 15 sec Max hops 20
Spanning-Tree Commands 291
Default Configuration
Disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
User Guidelines
• This command can be enabled when all the ports are Access ports.
• This command is relevant in MSTP mode only.
• When this feature is enabled incoming IEEE RSTP/STP packets would be mapped to the
MSTP instance according to the port’s VLAN. Outgoing MSTP packets would be mapped to
IEEE RSTP/STP packets according to the port’s VLAN.
Example
The following example configures the switch to convert STP/RSTP packets to MSTP instances.
Spanning-tree guard root
Use the
spanning-tree guard root
interface configuration command to enable root guard on all the
spanning tree instances on that interface. Root guard restricts the interface to be the root port for
the switch. Use the no form of this command to disable root guard on the interface.
Syntax
spanning-tree guard root
no spanning-tree guard root
Default Configuration
Root guard is disabled
Command Modes
Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel)
User Guidelines
• Root guard can be enabled when the switch work in STP, RSTP and MSTP.
When root guard is enabled, if spanning-tree calculations cause a port to be selected as
the root port, the port transitions to the alternate state.
Console(config)# spanning-tree mst mstp-rstp
292 Spanning-Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example enable root guard on port g8.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g8
Console(config-if)# spanning-tree guard root
SSH Commands 293
SSH Commands
ip ssh port
The
ip ssh port
Global Configuration mode command specifies the port to be used by the SSH
server. To use the default port, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip ssh port
port-number
no ip ssh port
•
port-number
—Port number for use by the SSH server (Range: 1 - 65535).
Default Configuration
The default value is 22.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example specifies the port to be used by the SSH server as 8080.
ip ssh server
The
ip ssh server
Global Configuration mode command enables the device to be configured from a
SSH server. To disable this function, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip ssh server
no ip ssh server
Default Configuration
SSH is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Console (config)# ip ssh port 8080
294 SSH Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• If encryption keys are not generated, the SSH server is in standby until the keys are generated.
To generate SSH server keys, use the commands
crypto key generate rsa
, and
crypto key
generate dsa
.
Example
The following example enables the device to be configured from a SSH server.
crypto key generate dsa
The
ip ssh server
Global Configuration mode command generates DSA key pairs.
Syntax
crypto key generate dsa
Default Configuration
DSA key pairs do not exist.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• DSA keys are generated in pairs: one public DSA key and one private DSA key. If the device
already has DSA keys, a warning and prompt to replace the existing keys with new keys is
displayed.
• This command is not saved in the startup configuration; however, the keys generated by this
command are saved in the FLASH. The SSH keys can be displayed with the
show crypto key
mypubkey dsa
command.
• This command may take a considerable period of time to execute.
• DSA key size is 2048 bits.
Example
The following example generates DSA key pairs.
crypto key generate rsa
The
crypto key generate rsa
Global Configuration mode command generates RSA key pairs.
Console (config)# ip ssh server
Console (config)# crypto key generate dsa
SSH Commands 295
Syntax
crypto key generate rsa
Default Configuration
RSA key pairs do not exist.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• RSA keys are generated in pairs: one public RSA key and one private RSA key. If the device
already has RSA keys, a warning and prompt to replace the existing keys with new keys is
displayed.
• The maximum supported size for the RSA key is 2048 bits.
• This command is not saved in the startup configuration; however, the keys generated by this
command are saved in the FLASH. The SSH keys can be displayed with the
show crypto key
mypubkey rsa
command.
• This command may take a considerable period of time to execute.
Example
The following example generates RSA key pairs.
ip ssh pubkey-auth
The
ip ssh pubkey-auth
Global Configuration mode command enables public key authentication
for incoming SSH sessions. To disable this function, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip ssh pubkey-auth
no ip ssh pubkey-auth
Default Configuration
The function is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console (config)# crypto key generate rsa
296 SSH Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example enables public key authentication for incoming SSH sessions.
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
The
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Global Configuration mode command enters SSH Public Key-
chain configuration mode. The mode is used to manually specify other device public keys such as
SSH client public keys.
Syntax
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Default Configuration
By default, there are no keys.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Use this command to enter public key chain configuration mode.
• This command can also be used when you need to manually specify SSH client’s public keys.
Example
The following example enters the SSH Public Key-chain configuration mode.
user-key
The
user-key
SSH
Public Key Chain Configuration mode command specifies which SSH public key
is manually configured and enters the SSH
public key-string configuration command. To remove a
SSH public key, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
user-key
username
{
rsa
|
dsa
}
no user-key
username
•
username
—Specifies the remote SSH client username, which can be up to 48 characters
long.
•
rsa
—RSA key.
Console (config)# ip ssh pubkey-auth
Console(config)# crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Console(config-pubkey-chain)#
SSH Commands 297
•
dsa
—DSA key.
Default Configuration
By default, there are no keys.
Command Mode
SSH Public Key Chain Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Follow this command with the key-string command to specify the key.
Example
The following example enables a SSH public key to be manually configured for the SSH public key
chain called "bob".
key-string
The
key-string
SSH
Public Key-String Configuration mode command manually specifies a SSH
public key.
Syntax
key-string row
key-string
•
row—
Specify SSH public key row by row
•
key-string—
UU-encoded DER format is the same format in authorized_keys file used by
OpenSSH.
Default Configuration
By default, the keys do not exist.
Command Mode
SSH Public Key-string configuration
User Guidelines
• Use the
key-string row
command to specify the SSH public key row by row. Each row must
begin with the
key-string row
command. This command is useful for configuration files.
• UU-encoded DER format is the same format in authorized_keys file used by OpenSSH.
Console(config-pubkey-chain)# user-key bob rsa
Console(config-pubkey-key)# key-string row key-string
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCvTnRwPWl
298 SSH Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example enters public key strings for SSH public key clients called "bob".
show ip ssh
The
show ip ssh
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the SSH server configuration.
Syntax
show ip ssh
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console(config)# crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Console(config-pubkey-chain)# user-key bob rsa
Console(config-pubkey-key)# key-string
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCvTnRwPWl
Al4kpqIw9GBRonZQZxjHKcqKL6rMlQ+
ZNXfZSkvHG+QusIZ/76ILmFT34v7u7ChFAE+
Vu4GRfpSwoQUvV35LqJJk67IOU/zfwOl1g
kTwml75QR9gHujS6KwGN2QWXgh3ub8gDjTSq
muSn/Wd05iDX2IExQWu08licglk02LYciz
+Z4TrEU/9FJxwPiVQOjc+KBXuR0juNg5nFYsY
0ZCk0N/W9a/tnkm1shRE7Di71+w3fNiOA
6w9o44t6+AINEICBCCA4YcF6zMzaT1wefWwX6f+
Rmt5nhhqdAtN/4oJfce166DqVX1gWmN
zNR4DYDvSzg0lDnwCAC8Qh
Fingerprint: a4:16:46:23:5a:8d:1d:b5:37:59:eb:44:13:b9:33:e9
SSH Commands 299
Example
The following example displays the SSH server configuration.
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
show crypto key mypubkey
The
show crypto key mypubkey
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the SSH public keys on
the device.
Syntax
show crypto key mypubkey
[
rsa
|
dsa
]
•
rsa
—RSA key.
•
dsa
—DSA key.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Console# show ip ssh
SSH server enabled. Port: 22
RSA key was generated.
DSA (DSS) key was generated.
SSH Public Key Authentication is enabled.
Active incoming sessions:
IP address SSH
username
Version Cipher Auth Code
---------- ---------- --------- ------- ----------
172.16.0.1 John Brown 2.0 3 DES HMAC-SH1
Field Description
IP address Client address
SSH username User name
Version SSH version number
Cipher Encryption type (3DES, Blowfish, RC4)
Auth Code Authentication Code (HMAC-MD5, HMAC-SHA1)
300 SSH Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the SSH public keys on the device.
show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
The
show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Privileged EXEC mode command displays SSH public keys
stored on the device.
Syntax
show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
[
username
username
] [
fingerprint
bubble-babble
|
hex
]
•
username
—Specifies the remote SSH client username.
•
bubble-babble
—Fingerprints in Bubble Babble format.
•
hex
—Fingerprint in Hex format. If fingerprint is unspecified, it defaults to Hex format.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example displays all SSH public keys stored on the device.
Console# show crypto key mypubkey rsa
RSA key data:
005C300D 06092A86 4886F70D 01010105 00034B00 30480241 00C5E23B 55D6AB22
04AEF1BA A54028A6 9ACC01C5 129D99E4 64CAB820 847EDAD9 DF0B4E4C 73A05DD2
BD62A8A9 FA603DD2 E2A8A6F8 98F76E28 D58AD221 B583D7A4 71020301 87685768
Fingerprint(Hex): 77:C7:19:85:98:19:27:96:C9:CC:83:C5:78:89:F8:86
Fingerprint(Bubble Babble): yteriuwt jgkljhglk yewiury hdskjfryt gfhkjglk
SSH Commands 301
The following example displays the SSH public called "bob".
Console# show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Username Fingerprint
-------- -----------------------------------------------
bob 9A:CC:01:C5:78:39:27:86:79:CC:23:C5:98:59:F1:86
john 98:F7:6E:28:F2:79:87:C8:18:F8:88:CC:F8:89:87:C8
Console# show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh username bob
Username: bob
Key: 005C300D 06092A86
302 SSH Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syslog Commands 303
Syslog Commands
logging on
The
logging on
Global Configuration mode command controls error messages logging. This
command sends debug or error messages to a logging process, which logs messages to designated
locations asynchronously to the process that generated the messages. To disable the logging
process, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
logging on
no logging on
Default Configuration
Logging is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The logging process controls the distribution of logging messages to the various destinations,
such as the logging buffer, logging file, or syslog server. Logging on and off for these
destinations can be individually configured using the
logging buffered
,
logging file
, and
logging
Global Configuration mode commands. However, if the
logging on
command is
disabled, no messages are sent to these destinations. Only the console receives messages.
Example
The following example shows how logging is enabled.
logging
The
logging
Global Configuration mode command logs messages to a syslog server. To delete the
syslog server with the specified address from the list of syslogs, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
logging
{ip-address | hostname}
[
port
port
]
[
severity
level
] [
facility
facility
]
[
description
text
]
no logging
{ip-address | hostname}
•
ip-address
—IP address of the host to be used as a syslog server.
•
hostname
—Hostname of the host to be used as a syslog server. (Range: 1 - 158 characters)
Console (config)# logging on
304 Syslog Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
port
—Port number for syslog messages. If unspecified, the port number defaults to 514.
(Range: 1 - 65535)
•
severity
level
—Limits the logging of messages to the syslog servers to a specified level:
emergencies
,
alerts
,
critical
,
errors
,
warnings
,
notifications
,
informational
and
debugging
. If unspecified, the default level is
errors
.
•
facility
—The facility that is indicated in the message. Can be one of the following values:
local0, local1, local2, local3, local4, local5, local 6, local7
. If unspecified, the port
number defaults to
local7
.
•
text
—Syslog server description, which can be up to 64 characters.
Default Configuration
As described in the field descriptions.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Multiple syslog servers can be used.
• If no specific severity level is specified, the global values apply to each server.
Example
The following example configures messages with a "critical" severity level so that they are logged to
a syslog server with an IP address 10.1.1.1.
logging console
The
logging console
Global Configuration mode command limits messages logged to the console
based on severity. To disable logging to the console terminal, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
logging console
level
no logging console
•
level
—Limits the logging of messages displayed on the console to a specified level:
emergencies, alerts
,
critical
,
errors, warnings
,
notifications, informational, debugging.
Default Configuration
The default is
informational
.
Console (config)# logging 10.1.1.1 severity critical
Syslog Commands 305
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example limits messages logged to the console based on severity level "errors".
logging buffered
The
logging buffered
Global Configuration mode command limits syslog messages displayed from
an internal buffer based on severity. To cancel the buffer use, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
logging buffered
level
no logging buffered
•
level
—Limits the message logging to a specified level buffer:
emergencies, alerts
,
critical
,
errors, warnings
,
notifications, informational, debugging.
Default Configuration
The default level is
informational
.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• All the syslog messages are logged to the internal buffer. This command limits the commands
displayed to the user.
Example
The following example limits syslog messages displayed from an internal buffer based on the
severity level "debugging".
logging buffered size
The
logging buffered size
Global Configuration mode command changes the number of syslog
messages stored in the internal buffer. To return the number of messages stored in the internal
buffer to the default value, use the
no
form of this command.
Console (config)# logging console errors
Console (config)# logging buffered debugging
306 Syslog Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
logging buffered size
number
no logging buffered size
•
number
—Numeric value indicating the maximum number of messages stored in the
history table. (Range: 20 - 400)
Default Configuration
The default number of messages is 200.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example changes the number of syslog messages stored in the internal buffer to 300.
clear logging
The
clear logging
Privileged EXEC mode command clears messages from the internal logging
buffer.
Syntax
clear logging
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example clears messages from the internal syslog message logging buffer.
Console (config)# logging buffered size 300
Console# clear logging
Clear logging buffer [y/n] y
Syslog Commands 307
logging file
The
logging file
Global Configuration mode command limits syslog messages sent to the logging
file based on severity. To cancel the buffer, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
logging file
level
no logging file
•
level
—Limits the logging of messages to the buffer to a specified level:
emergencies,
alerts
,
critical
,
errors, warnings
,
notifications, informational
and
debugging.
Default Configuration
The default severity level is
errors
.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example limits syslog messages sent to the logging file based on the severity level
"alerts".
clear logging file
The
clear logging file
Privileged EXEC mode command clears messages from the logging file.
Syntax
clear logging file
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console (config)# logging file alerts
308 Syslog Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example clears messages from the logging file.
show logging
The
show logging
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the state of logging and the syslog
messages stored in the internal buffer.
Syntax
show logging
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console# clear logging file
Clear Logging File [y/n]y
Syslog Commands 309
Example
The following example displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the internal
buffer.
show logging file
The
show logging file
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the state of logging and the syslog
messages stored in the logging file.
Syntax
show logging file
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Console# show logging
Logging is enabled.
Console Logging: Level debug. Console Messages: 5 Dropped.
Buffer Logging: Level debug. Buffer Messages: 16 Logged, 16
Displayed, 200 Max.
File Logging: Level error. File Messages: 0 Logged, 209 Dropped.
SysLog server 31.1.1.2 Logging: error. Messages: 22 Dropped.
SysLog server 5.2.2.2 Logging: info. Messages: 0 Dropped.
SysLog server 10.2.2.2 Logging: critical. Messages: 21 Dropped.
SysLog server 10.1.1.1 Logging: critical. Messages: 0 Dropped.
1 messages were not logged
03-Mar-2004 12:02:03 :%LINK-I-Up: g1
03-Mar-2004 12:02:01 :%LINK-W-Down: g2
03-Mar-2004 12:02:01 :%LINK-I-Up: g3
310 Syslog Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the logging
file.
show syslog-servers
The show syslog-servers Privileged EXEC mode command displays the syslog servers settings.
Syntax
show syslog-servers
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Console # show logging file
console# show logging file
Logging is enabled.
Console Logging: Level debug. Console Messages: 5 Dropped.
Buffer Logging: Level debug. Buffer Messages: 21 Logged, 21
Displayed, 200 Max.
File Logging: Level debug. File Messages: 4 Logged, 210 Dropped.
SysLog server 31.1.1.2 Logging: error. Messages: 27 Dropped.
SysLog server 5.2.2.2 Logging: info. Messages: 0 Dropped.
SysLog server 10.2.2.2 Logging: critical. Messages: 26 Dropped.
SysLog server 10.1.1.1 Logging: critical. Messages: 5 Dropped.
1 messages were not logged
03-Mar-2004 12:04:08 :%LINK-I-Up: g1
03-Mar-2004 12:04:06 :%LINK-W-Down: g2
03-Mar-2004 12:04:06 :%LINK-I-Up: g3
03-Mar-2004 12:04:04 :%LINK-W-Down: g4
Syslog Commands 311
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the syslog server settings.
Console# show syslog-servers
IP address Port Severity Facility Description
------------- ---- -------- -------- -----------
192.180.2.275 14 Informational local 7
192.180.2.285 14 Warning local 7
312 Syslog Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
313
System Management
ping
The
ping
User EXEC mode command sends ICMP echo request packets to another node on the
network.
Syntax
ping
ip-address
|
hostname
[
size
packet_size
] [
count
packet_count
] [
timeout
time_out
]
•
ip-address
—IP address to ping.
•
hostname
—hostname to ping. (Range: 1 - 158 characters)
•
packet_size
—Number of bytes in a packet. The actual packet size is eight bytes larger
than the size specified because the switch adds header information. (Range: 56 - 1472
bytes)
•
packet_count
—Number of packets to send. If 0 is entered it pings until stopped. (Range:
0 - 65535 packets)
•
time_out
—Timeout in milliseconds to wait for each reply. (Range: 50 - 65535
milliseconds).
Default Configuration
timeout
time_out—
The default is 2000 milliseconds.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Press
Esc
to stop pinging. Following are sample results of the
ping
command:
• Destination (host/network) unreachable—The gateway for this destination indicates that
the destination is unreachable.
Console# ping 180.50.1.1
Pinging 180.50.1.1 with 56 bytes of data:
PING: net-unreachable
PING: net-unreachable
PING: net-unreachable
314 System Management
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Examples
The following example displays a ping to IP address 10.1.1.1.
traceroute
The
traceroute
User EXEC mode command discovers the routes that packets will actually take
when traveling to their destination.
Syntax
traceroute
ip-address
|
hostname
[
size
packet_size
] [
ttl
max-ttl
] [
count
packet_count
]
[
timeout
time_out
] [
source
ip-address
] [
tos
tos
]
•
ip-address—
IP address of the destination host. (Range: Valid IP Address)
•
hostname—
Hostname of the destination host (Range: 1 - 158 characters)
•
size
packet_size—
Number of bytes in a packet. (Range: 40-1472)
•
ttl
max-ttl—
The largest TTL value that can be used. The
traceroute
command
terminates when the destination is reached or when this value is reached. (Range:1-255)
•
count
packet_count—
The number of probes to be sent at each TTL level. (Range:1-10)
•
timeout
time_out—
The number of seconds to wait for a response to a probe packet.
(Range:1-60)
Console> ping 10.1.1.1
Pinging 10.1.1.1 with 64 bytes of data:
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=0. time=11 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=1. time=8 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=2. time=8 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=3. time=7 ms
----10.1.1.1 PING Statistics----
4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 7/8/11
System Management 315
•
source
ip-address—
One of the interface addresses of the device to use as a source address
for the probes. The device will normally pick what it feels is the best source address to
use. (Range: Valid IP Address)
•
tos
tos—
The
Type-Of-Service byte in the IP Header of the packet. (Range: 0-255)
Default Configuration
size
packet_size—
The default is 40 bytes.
ttl
max-ttl—
The default is 30.
count
packet_count
—The default count is 3.
timeout
time_out—
The default is 6 seconds.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• The
traceroute
command works by taking advantage of the error messages generated by a
device when a datagram exceeds its time-to-live (TTL) value.
• The
traceroute
command starts by sending probe datagrams with a TTL value of one. This
causes the first device to discard the probe datagram and send back an error message. The
traceroute
command sends several probes at each TTL level and displays the round-trip time
for each.
• The
traceroute
command sends out one probe at a time. Each outgoing packet may result in
one or two error messages. A "time exceeded" error message indicates that an intermediate
device has seen and discarded the probe. A "destination unreachable" error message indicates
that the destination node has received the probe and discarded it because it could not deliver
the packet. If the timer goes off before a response comes in, the
traceroute
command prints
an asterisk (*).
• The
traceroute
command terminates when the destination responds, when the maximum
TTL is exceeded, or when the user interrupts the trace with
Esc.
316 System Management
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Examples
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display
The following table describes the characters that can appear in the
traceroute
command output.
console> traceroute umaxp1.physics.lsa.umich.edu
Type Esc to abort.
Tracing the route to umaxp1.physics.lsa.umich.edu (141.211.101.64)
1 i2-gateway.stanford.edu (192.68.191.83) 0 msec 0 msec 0 msec
2 STAN.POS.calren2.NET (171.64.1.213) 0 msec 0 msec 0 msec
3 SUNV--STAN.POS.calren2.net (198.32.249.73) 1 msec 1 msec 1 msec
4 Abilene--QSV.POS.calren2.net (198.32.249.162) 1 msec 1 msec 1 msec
5 kscyng-snvang.abilene.ucaid.edu (198.32.8.103) 33 msec 35 msec 35 msec
6 iplsng-kscyng.abilene.ucaid.edu (198.32.8.80) 47 msec 45 msec 45 msec
7 so-0-2-0x1.aa1.mich.net (192.122.183.9) 56 msec 53 msec 54 msec
8 atm1-0x24.michnet8.mich.net (198.108.23.82) 56 msec 56 msec 57 msec
9 * * *
10 A-ARB3-LSA-NG.c-SEB.umnet.umich.edu (141.211.5.22) 58 msec 58 msec 58
msec
11 umaxp1.physics.lsa.umich.edu (141.211.101.64) 62 msec 63 msec 63 msec
Field Description
1 Indicates the sequence number of the router in the path
to the host.
i2-gateway.stanford.edu Host name of this device.
192.68.191.83 IP address of this device.
1 msec 1 msec 1 msec Round-trip time for each of the probes that are sent.
System Management 317
telnet
The
telnet
User EXEC mode command is used to log in to a host that supports Telnet.
Syntax
telnet
ip-address
|
hostname
[
port
] [
keyword1......
]
•
ip-address—
IP address of the destination host. (Range: 1 - 160 characters)
•
hostname—
Hostname of the destination host (Range: Valid IP Address)
•
port—
A decimal TCP port number, or one of the keywords from the ports table in the
usage guidelines. The default is the Telnet port (decimal23) on the host.
•
keyword—
Can be
one or more keywords from the keywords table in the User Guidelines.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• The Telnet software supports special Telnet commands in the form of Telnet sequences that
map generic terminal control functions to operating system-specific functions. To issue a
special Telnet command, enter Esc and then a command character.
Special Telnet Command characters
Field Description
* The probe timed out.
? Unknown packet type.
A Administratively unreachable. Usually, this output
indicates that an access list is blocking traffic.
H Host unreachable.
N Network unreachable.
P Protocol unreachable.
Q Source quench.
U Port unreachable.
318 System Management
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
At any time during an active Telnet session, the Telnet commands can be listed by pressing the
Ctrl-shift-6 key, followed by a question mark at the system prompt: Ctrl-shift-6?
A sample of this list follows.
Several concurrent Telnet sessions can be opened and switched between them. To open a
subsequent session, the current connection needs to be suspended, by pressing the escape
sequence ‘Ctrl-Shift-6’ and ‘x’ to return to the system command prompt. Then open a new
connection with the telnet command.
Keywords Table
Escape Sequence Purpose
Ctrl-shift-6 b Break
Ctrl-shift-6 c Interrupt Process (IP)
Ctrl-shift-6 h Erase Character (EC)
Ctrl-shift-6 o Abort Output (AO)
Ctrl-shift-6 t Are You There? (AYT)
Ctrl-shift-6 u Erase Line (EL)
Ctrl-shift-6 x Suspends the Session
Console> ‘Ctrl-shift-6’ ?
[Special telnet escape help]
Esc B sends telnet BREAK
Esc C sends telnet IP
Esc H sends telnet EC
Esc O sends telnet AO
Esc T sends telnet AYT
Esc U sends telnet EL
Esc x suspends the session (return to system command prompt)
Options Description
/echo Enables local echo
/quiet Prevents onscreen display of all messages from the
software.
/source-interface Specifies the source interface.
System Management 319
Ports Table
/stream Turns on stream processing, which enables a raw TCP
stream with no Telnet control sequences. A stream
connection does not process Telnet options and can be
appropriate for connections to ports running UNIX-to-
UNIX Copy Program (UUCP) and other non-Telnet
protocols.
Ctrl-shift-6 x Return to System Command Prompt
Keyword Description Port number
bgp Border Gateway Protocol 179
chargen Character generator 19
cmd Remote commands 514
daytime Daytime 13
discard Discard 9
domain Domain Name Service 53
echo Echo 7
exec Exec 512
finger Finger 79
ftp File Transfer Protocol 21
ftp-data FTP data connections 20
gopher Gopher 70
hostname NIC hostname server 101
ident Ident Protocol 113
irc Internet Relay Chat 194
klogin Kerberos login 543
kshell Kerberos shell 544
login Login 513
lpd Printer service 515
nntp Network News Transport
Protocol
119
pim-auto-rp PIM Auto-RP 496
pop2 Post Office Protocol v2 109
320 System Management
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
resume
The
resume
User EXEC mode command is used to switch to another open Telnet session.
Syntax
resume
[
connection]
•
connection
—The connection number. The default is the most recent connection
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following command switches to another open Telnet session.
pop3 Post Office Protocol v3 110
smtp Simple Mail Transport Protocol 25
sunrpc Sun Remote Procedure Call 111
syslog Syslog 514
tacacs TAC Access Control System 49
talk Talk 517
telnet Telnet 23
time Time 37
uucp Unix-to-Unix Copy Program 540
whois Nickname 43
www World Wide Web 80
Console> telnet 176.213.10.50
Esc U sends telnet EL
Console> resume 176.213.10.50
System Management 321
reload
The
reload
Privileged EXEC mode command reloads the operating system.
Syntax
reload
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• Caution should be exercised when resetting the device, to ensure that no other activity is
being performed. In particular, the user should verify that no configuration files are being
downloaded at the time of reset.
Example
The following example reloads the operating system.
hostname
The
hostname
Global Configuration mode command specifies or modifies the device host name.
To remove the existing host name, use the
no
form of the command.
Syntax
hostname
name
no hostname
•
name
—The device host name. Range (1-158 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console# reload
322 System Management
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example specifies the device host name.
show users
The
show users
User EXEC mode command displays information about the active users.
Syntax
show users
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays information about the active users.
show sessions
The
show sessions
User EXEC mode command lists the open Telnet sessions.
Syntax
show sessions
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Console (config)# hostname Dell
Console# show users
Username Protocol Location
---------- ----------- ------------
Bob Serial
John SSH 172.16.0.1
Robert HTTP 172.16.0.8
System Management 323
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
1
Open telnet session from PC 5324 to other device.
2
In the other device syntax, press
Cntrl-shift-t-X
3
Enter the command
show session
. The number of sessions opened from PC 5324 is displayed.
4
Enter the command
resume [number of session]
to return to the relevant telnet session.
Examples
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
show system
The
show system
User EXEC mode command displays system information.
Syntax
show system
Console> show sessions
Connecti
on
Host Address Port Byte
-------- -------------- -------- ----- ----
1 Remote device 172.16.1.1 23 89
2 172.16.1.2 172.16.1.2 23 8
Field Description
Connection Connection number
Host Remote host to which the device is connected through a Telnet session.
Address IP address of the remote host.
Port Telnet TCP port number
Byte Number of unread bytes for the user to see on the connection.
324 System Management
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the system information.
show version
The
show version
User EXEC mode command displays the system version information.
Syntax
show version
console> show system
System Description:
System Up Time (days,hour:min:sec):
System Contact:
System Name:
System location:
System MAC Address:
Sys Object ID:
Type: PowerConnect 5324
Corporate
1,22:38:21
RS1
00:10:B5:F4:00:01
Power Supply Status
------------ --------------------
Main OK
Secondary OK
Fan Status
------------ --------------------
1 OK
2OK
System Management 325
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays a system version (this version number is only for demonstration
purposes).
asset-tag
The
asset-tag
Global Configuration mode command specifies the device asset tag. To remove the
existing asset tag, use the
no
form of the command.
Syntax
asset-tag
tag
no asset-tag
•
tag
—The device asset tag. (Range: 1- 16 characters)
Router# show version
SW version 3.131 ( date 23-Jul-2002 time 17:34:19 )
HW version 1.0.0
Router# show clock
15:29:03 Jun 17 2002
Router# show history
show version
show clock
show history
3 commands were logged (buffer size is 10)
326 System Management
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration. No asset tag is defined by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example specifies the device asset tag as "1qwepot".
show system id
The
show system id
User EXEC mode command displays the ID information.
Syntax
show system id
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• The tag information is on a device by device basis.
Example
The following example displays the system service tag information.
Console (config)# asset-tag 1qwepot
Console> show system id
Service Tag: 89788978
Serial number: 8936589782
Asset tag: 7843678957
TACACS Commands 327
TACACS Commands
tacacs-server host
The
tacacs-server host
Global Configuration mode command specifies a TACACS+ host. To
delete the specified name or address, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
tacacs-server host {
ip-address
|
hostname
}
[
single-connection
] [
port
port-number
] [
timeout
timeout
] [
key
key-string
] [
source
source
] [
priority
priority
]
no tacacs-server host {
ip-address
|
hostname
}
•
ip-address
—Name or IP address of the host.
•
hostname
—Hostname of the tacacs server. (Range: 1 - 158 characters)
•
single-connection
—Specify single-connection. Rather than have the device open and
close a TCP connection to the daemon each time it must communicate, the single-
connection option maintains a single open connection between the device and the
daemon.
•
port-number—
Specify a server port number. If unspecified, the port number defaults to
49. (Range: 0 - 65535)
•
timeout—
Specifies the timeout value in seconds. If no timeout value is specified, the
global value is used. (Range: 1 - 30)
•
key-string—
Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all TACACS
communications between the device and the TACACS server. This key must match the
encryption used on the TACACS daemon. If no key string value is specified, the global
value is used. (Range: 0 - 128 characters)
•
source—
Specifies the source IP address to use for the communication. If no source value
is specified, the global value is used.
•
priority—
Determines the order in which the servers will be used, when 0 is the highest
priority. If unspecified defaults to 0. (Range: 0 - 65535)
Default Configuration
No TACACS host is specified
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Multiple
tacacs-server host
commands can be used to specify multiple hosts.
328 TACACS Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
• If no host-specific timeout, key or source values are specified, the global values apply to each
host.
Example
The following example specifies a TACACS+ host.
tacacs-server key
The
tacacs-server key
Global Configuration mode command sets the authentication encryption
key used for all TACACS+ communications between the device and the TACACS+ daemon. To
disable the key, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
tacacs-server key
key-string
no tacacs-server key
•
key-string—
Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all TACACS
communications between the device and the TACACS server. This key must match the
encryption used on the TACACS daemon. (Range: 0 - 128 characters)
Default Configuration
Empty string
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example sets the authentication encryption key.
tacacs-server timeout
The
tacacs-server timeout
Global Configuration mode command sets the timeout value. To restore
the default, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
tacacs-server timeout
timeout
no tacacs-server timeout
Console (config)# tacacs-server host 172.16.1.1
Console (config)# tacacs-server key dell-s
TACACS Commands 329
•
timeout—
Specifies the timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1 - 30)
Default Configuration
5 seconds
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example sets the timeout value as 30.
tacacs-server source-ip
The
tacacs-server source-ip
Global Configuration mode command specifies the source IP address
that will be used for the communication with TACACS servers. To return to default, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
tacacs-server source-ip
source
no tacacs-server source-ip
source
•
source—
Specifies the source IP address. (Range: Valid IP Address)
Default Configuration
The IP address would be of the outgoing IP interface.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example specifies the source IP address.
Console (config)# tacacs-server timeout 30
Console (config)# tacacs-server source-ip 172.16.8.1
330 TACACS Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show tacacs
The
show tacacs
Privileged EXEC mode command displays configuration and statistics for a
TACACS+ server.
Syntax
show tacacs
[
ip-address
]
•
ip-address—
Name or IP address of the host.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example displays configuration and statistic for a TACACS+ server.
Console# show tacacs
IP address Status Port Single
Connection
TimeOut Source
IP
Priority
---------- -------- ----- --------- ------- ------- --------
172.16.1.1 Connected 49 No Global Global 1
Global values
--------------
TimeOut: 3
Source IP: 172.16.8.1
User Interface 331
User Interface
enable
The
enable
User EXEC mode command enters the privileged EXEC mode.
Syntax
enable
[
privilege-level
]
•
privilege-level
—Privilege level to enter the system. (Range: 1 - 15)
Default Configuration
The default privilege level is 15.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows how to enter privileged mode:
disable
The
disable
Privileged EXEC mode command returns to User EXEC mode.
Syntax
disable
[
privilege-level
]
•
privilege-level
—Privilege level to enter the system. (Range: 1 - 15)
Default Configuration
The default privilege level is 1.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Console> enable
enter password:
Console#
332 User Interface
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows how to return to normal mode.
login
The
login
User EXEC mode command changes a login username.
Syntax
login
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows how to enter privileged EXEC mode and login.
configure
The
configure
Privileged EXEC mode command enters the global configuration mode.
Syntax
configure
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Console# disable
Console>
Console> login
User Name:admin
Password:*****
Console#
User Interface 333
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged
EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
In the following example, because no keyword is entered, a prompt is displayed. After the keyword
is selected, a message confirming the command entry method is displayed.
exit(configuration)
The
exit
command exits any configuration mode to the next highest mode in the CLI mode
hierarchy.
Syntax
exit
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
All command modes
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example changes the configuration mode from Interface Configuration mode to
User EXEC mode.
Console# configure
Console (config)#
Console(config-if)# exit
Console(config)# exit
Console#
334 User Interface
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
exit(EXEC)
The
exit
User EXEC mode command closes an active terminal session by logging off the device.
Syntax
exit
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example closes an active terminal session.
end
The
end
Global Configuration mode command ends the current configuration session and returns
to the privileged command mode.
Syntax
end
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
All Command modes
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console> exit
User Interface 335
Example
The following example ends the current configuration session and returns to the previous
command mode.
help
The
help
command displays a brief description of the help system.
Syntax
help
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
All Command modes
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
history
The
history
Line Configuration mode command enables the command history function. To disable
the command history feature, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
history
no history
Default Configuration
The history function is enabled.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console (config)# end
Console #
336 User Interface
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example enables the command history function for telnet.
history size
The
history size
Line Configuration mode command changes the command history buffer size for
a particular line. To reset the command history buffer size to the default, use the
no
form of this
command.
Syntax
history size
number-of-commands
no history size
•
number-of-commands—
Number of commands that the system records in its history
buffer. (Range: 0 - 256)
Default Configuration
The default history buffer size is 10.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example changes the command history buffer size to 100 entries for a particular line.
debug-mode
The
debug-mode
Privilege EXEC mode command switches the mode to debug.
Syntax
debug-mode
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Console (config)# line telnet
Console (config-line)# history
Console (config-line)# history size 100
User Interface 337
Command Mode
Privilege EXEC command mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example enables the debug command interface.
show history
The
show history
User EXEC mode command lists the commands entered in the current session.
Syntax
show history
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC command mode
User Guidelines
• The commands are listed from the first to the latest command.
• The buffer is kept unchanged when entering to configuration mode and returning back.
• The command in the buffer includes the commands that were not executed.
console(config)#
console# debug
>debug
Enter DEBUG Password: *****
DEBUG>
338 User Interface
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays all the commands entered while in the current privileged EXEC
mode.
show privilege
The
show privilege
User EXEC mode command displays the current privilege level.
Syntax
show privilege
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC command mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the current privilege level.
Console# show history
show version
show clock
show history
Console# show privilege
Current privilege level is 15
VLAN Commands 339
VLAN Commands
vlan database
The
vlan database
Global Configuration mode command enters the VLAN configuration mode.
Syntax
vlan database
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example enters the VLAN database mode.
vlan
Use the
vlan
VLAN Configuration mode command to create a VLAN. To delete a VLAN, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
vlan
{
vlan-range
}
no vlan
{
vlan-range
}
•
vlan-range
—A list of valid VLAN IDs to be added. List separate, non-consecutive VLAN
IDs separated by commas (without spaces); use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
(Range: 2 - 4094)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
Console (config)# vlan database
Console (config-vlan)#
340 VLAN Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example VLAN number 1972 is created.
default-vlan disable
The
default-vlan disable
VLAN Configuration mode command disables the default VLAN
functionality. Use the
no
form of this command to enable the default VLAN functionality.
Syntax
default-vlan disable
no default-vlan disable
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Default Configuration
Enabled
Command Modes
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
1
interface vlan
The
interface vlan
Global Configuration mode command enters the interface configuration
(VLAN) mode.
Syntax
interface vlan
vlan-id
•
vlan-id
—The ID of an existing VLAN (excluding GVRP dynamic VLANs).
Console (config)# vlan database
Console (config-vlan)# vlan 1972
Console# vlan database
Console(config-vlan)# default-vlan disable
VLAN Commands 341
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the VLAN 1 IP address of 131.108.1.27 and subnet mask
255.255.255.0.
interface range vlan
The
interface range vlan
Global Configuration mode command enters the interface configuration
mode to configure multiple VLANs.
Syntax
interface range vlan
{
vlan-range |
all
}
•
vlan-range
—A list of valid VLAN IDs to add. Separate non consecutive VLAN IDs with a
comma and no spaces; a hyphen designates a range of IDs.
•
all
—All existing static VLANs.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Commands under the interface range context are executed independently on each interface
in the range. If the command returns an error on one of the interfaces, an error message is
displayed and execution continues on other interfaces.
Console (config)# interface vlan 1
Console (config-if)# ip address 131.108.1.27 255.255.255.0
342 VLAN Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example groups VLAN 221 until 228 and VLAN 889 to receive the same command.
name
The
name
Interface Configuration mode command adds a name to a VLAN. To remove the VLAN
name use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
name
string
no name
•
string
—Unique name, up to 32 characters in length, to be associated with this VLAN.
Default Configuration
No name is defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
• The VLAN name should be unique.
Example
The following example names VLAN number 19 with the name "Marketing".
switchport access vlan
The
switchport access vlan
Interface Configuration mode command configures the VLAN ID
when the interface is in access mode. To reconfigure the default, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
switchport access vlan
vlan-id
no switchport access vlan
•
vlan-id
—VID of the VLAN to which the port is configured.
Console (config)# interface range vlan 221-228,889
Console (config-if)#
Console (config)# interface vlan 19
Console (config-if)# name Marketing
VLAN Commands 343
Default Configuration
VID=1
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• The command automatically removes the port from the previous VLAN, and adds it to the
new VLAN.
Example
The following example configures a VLAN ID of 23 to the untagged layer 2 VLAN interface
number g8.
switchport trunk allowed vlan
The
switchport trunk allowed vlan
Interface Configuration mode command adds or removes
VLANs, to or from a trunk port.
Syntax
switchport trunk allowed vlan
{
add
vlan-list
|
remove
vlan-list
}
•
add
vlan-list
—List of VLAN IDs to add. Separate non consecutive VLAN IDs with a
comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of IDs.
•
remove
vlan-list
—List of VLAN IDs to remove. Separate non consecutive VLAN IDs with
a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designate a range of IDs.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# switchport access vlan 23
344 VLAN Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example shows how to add VLANs 2 and 5 to 8 to the allowed list of g8.
switchport trunk native vlan
The
switchport trunk native vlan
Interface Configuration mode command defines the port as a
member of the specified VLAN, and the VLAN ID as the "port default VLAN ID (PVID)". To
configure the default VLAN ID, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
switchport trunk native vlan
vlan-id
no switchport trunk native vlan
•
vlan-id
—Valid
VLAN ID of the native VLAN.
Default Configuration
If default VLAN is enabled, then the VID=1, otherwise VID = 4095.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• This command has the following consequences: incoming untagged frames are assigned to
this VLAN and outgoing traffic in this VLAN on this port is sent untagged (despite the
normal situation where traffic sent from a trunk-mode port is all tagged).
• The command adds the port as a member in the VLAN. If the port is already a member in the
VLAN (not as a native), it should be first removed from the VLAN.
Example
The following example g8, in trunk mode, is configured to use VLAN number 123 as the "native"
VLAN.
switchport general allowed vlan
The
switchport general allowed vlan
Interface Configuration mode command adds or removes
VLANs from a general port.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 2,5-8
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# switchport trunk native vlan 123
VLAN Commands 345
Syntax
switchport general allowed vlan add
vlan-list
[
tagged
|
untagged
]
switchport general allowed vlan remove
vlan-list
•
add
vlan-list
—List of VLAN IDs to add. Separate non consecutive VLAN IDs with a
comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of IDs.
•
remove
vlan-list
—List of VLAN IDs to remove. Separate non consecutive VLAN IDs with
a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of IDs.
•
tagged
—Sets the port to transmit tagged packets for the VLANs. If the port is added to a
VLAN without specifying tagged or untagged the default is tagged.
•
untagged
—Sets the port to transmit untagged packets for the VLANs.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• You can use this command to change the egress rule (e.g. from tagged to untagged), without
first removing the VLAN from the list.
Example
The following example shows how to add VLANs 2, 5, and 6 to the allowed list.
switchport general pvid
The
switchport general pvid
Interface Configuration mode command configures the PVID when
the interface is in general mode. To configure the default value, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
switchport general pvid
vlan-id
no switchport general pvid
•
vlan-id
—PVID (Port VLAN ID). The vlan-id may belong to a non-existent VLAN.
Default Configuration
VLAN ID=1
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# switchport general allowed vlan add 2,5,6
tagged
346 VLAN Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• This command has the following consequences: incoming untagged frames are assigned to
this VLAN and outgoing traffic in this VLAN on this port is sent untagged (despite the
normal situation where traffic sent from a trunk-mode port is all tagged).
Example
The following example shows how to configure the PVID for g8, when the interface is in general
mode.
switchport general ingress-filtering disable
The
switchport general ingress-filtering disable
Interface Configuration mode command disables
port ingress filtering. To enable ingress filtering on a port, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
switchport general ingress-filtering
disable
no switchport general ingress-filtering
disable
Default Configuration
Ingress filtering is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows how to enables port ingress filtering on g8.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# switchport general pvid 234
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# switchport general ingress-filtering disable
VLAN Commands 347
switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only
The
switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only
Interface Configuration mode
command discards untagged frames at ingress. To enable untagged frames at ingress, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only
no switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only
Default Configuration
All frame types are accepted at ingress.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures g8 to discard untagged frames at ingress.
switchport forbidden vlan
The
switchport forbidden vlan
Interface Configuration mode command forbids adding specific
VLANs to a port. This may be used to prevent GVRP from automatically making these VLANs
active on the selected ports. To revert to allowing the addition of specific VLANs to the port, use
the
remove
parameter for this command.
Syntax
switchport forbidden vlan
{
add
vlan-list
|
remove
vlan-list
}
•
add
vlan-list
—List of VLAN IDs to add to the "forbidden" list. Separate non consecutive
VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of IDs.
•
remove
vlan-list
—List of VLAN IDs to remove from the "forbidden" list. Separate non
consecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of IDs.
Default Configuration
All VLANs allowed.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# switchport general acceptable-frame-type
tagged-only
348 VLAN Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example forbids adding VLANs number 234 till 256, to g8.
map protocol protocols-group
The
map protocol protocols-group
VLAN Configuration mode command maps a protocol to a
protocol group. Protocol groups are used for protocol-based VLAN assignment. To delete a protocol
from a group, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
map protocol
protocol
[
encapsulation
]
protocols-group
group
no map protocol
protocol
encapsulation
•
protocol
—The protocol is a 16 or 40 bits protocol number or one of the following names,
ip-arp
or
ipx
. The protocol number is in Hex format (Range: 0600 - FFFF).
•
encapsulation
—One of the following values:
ethernet
,
rfc1042
or
llcOther
. If no option is
indicated the default is
ethernet
.
•
group
—Protocol group number (Range: 1 - 2147483647).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command
Example
The following example maps protocol ip-arp to the group named "213".
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# switchport forbidden vlan add 234-256
Console (config)# vlan database
Console (config-vlan)# map protocol ip-arp protocols-group 213
VLAN Commands 349
switchport general map protocols-group vlan
The
switchport general map
protocols-group vlan
Interface Configuration mode command sets a
protocol-based classification rule. To delete a classification, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
switchport general map
protocols-group
group
vlan
vlan-id
no switchport general map
protocols-group
group
•
group
—Group number as defined in the
map protocol protocols-group
command.
(Range: 1 - 2147483647)
•
vlan-id
—Define the VLAN ID in the classifying rule.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example sets a protocol-based classification rule of protocol group 1 to VLAN 8.
ip internal-usage-vlan
The
ip internal-usage-vlan
Interface Configuration mode command reserves a VLAN as the
internal usage VLAN of an interface. Use the
no
form of this command to reset to default.
Syntax
ip internal-usage-vlan
vlan-id
no ip internal-usage-vlan
•
vlan-id—
VLAN ID of the internal usage VLAN.(Range: Valid VLAN)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# switchport general map protocols-group 1 vlan
8
350 VLAN Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel)
User Guidelines
• An internal usage VLAN is required when an IP interface is defined on Ethernet port or Port-
channel.
• Using this command the user can define the internal usage VLAN of a port.
• If an internal-usage is not defined for a Port, and the user wants to define an IP interface, the
software chooses one of the unused VLANs.
• If a VLAN ID was chosen by the software for internal usage, and the user wants to use that
VLAN ID for static or dynamic VLAN, he should either remove the IP interface, creates the
VLAN, and recreate the IP interface, or use this command to define explicit internal usage
VLAN.
Examples
The following example reserves a VLAN as the internal usage VLAN of an interface.
show vlan
The
show vlan
Privileged EXEC mode command displays VLAN information.
Syntax
show vlan
[
tag
vlan-id
|
name
vlan-name
]
•
vlan-id
—A valid VLAN ID
•
vlan-name
—A valid VLAN name string. (Range: 1 - 32 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays all VLAN information.
Console (config)#
ip internal-usage-vlan
10
VLAN Commands 351
show vlan internal usage
The
show vlan internal usage
Privileged EXEC mode command displays a list of VLANs being used
internally by the switch.
Syntax
show vlan internal usage
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console# show vlan
Vlan Name Ports Type Authorization
1 default g1-2 other Required
g1-4
10 VLAN0010 g3-4 dynamic Required
11 VLAN0011 g1-2 static Required
20 VLAN0020 g3-4 static Required
21 VLAN0021 static Required
30 VLAN0030 static Required
31 VLAN0031 static Not Required
352 VLAN Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays all VLAN information.
show vlan protocols-groups
The
show vlan protocols-groups
Privileged EXEC mode command displays protocols-groups
information.
Syntax
show vlan protocols-groups
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays protocols-groups information.
Console# show vlan internal usage
VLAN Usage Reserved IP Address
---- --------- ---------- ----------
1007 g21 No Active
1008 g22 Yes Inactive
1009 g23 Yes Active
VLAN Commands 353
show interfaces switchport
The
show interfaces switchport
Privileged EXEC mode command displays switchport
configuration.
Syntax
show interfaces switchport {ethernet
interface
|
port-channel
port-channel-number
}
•
Interface
—Specific interface, such as ethernet g8.
•
port-channel-number
—Valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays switchport configuration individually for g1.
Console# show vlan protocols-groups
Encapsulation Protocol Group Id
------------- -------- --------
ethernet 08 00 213
ethernet 08 06 213
ethernet 81 37 312
ethernet 81 38 312
rfc1042 08 00 213
rfc1042 08 06 213
354 VLAN Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
switchport mode
Use the
switchport mode
interface configuration command to configure the VLAN membership
mode of a port. Use the no form of this command to reset the mode to the appropriate default for
the device.
Syntax
switchport mode
{
customer
|
access
|
trunk | general
}
Console# show interface switchport ethernet g1
Port g1:
Port mode: General
GVRP Status: disabled
Ingress Filtering: true
Acceptable Frame Type: admitAll
Ingress Untagged VLAN (NATIVE) : 1
Port is member in:
Vlan Name Egress rule Type
---- ------- ----------- ---------
1 default untagged System
8 VLAN008 tagged Dynamic
11 VLAN011 tagged Static
Forbidden VLANS:
VLAN Name
---- ----
73 Out
Classification rules:
Group ID VLAN
-------- ----
219 372
VLAN Commands 355
no switchport mode
•
customer
— The port is connected to customer equipment. Used when the switch is in a
provider network.
•
access
— Untagged layer 2 VLAN interface
•
trunk
— Trunking layer 2 VLAN interface
•
general
— Full 802.1q support VLAN interface
Default Configuration
All ports are in access mode, and belong to the default VLAN (whose VID=1).
Command Modes
Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel)
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command
Example
The following example onfigures the VLAN membership mode of a port. Use the no form of this
command to reset the mode to the appropriate default for the device.
switchport customer vlan
Use the
switchport customer vlan
interface configuration command to set the port's VLAN when
the interface is in customer mode. Use the
no
form of this command to revert to default.
Syntax
switchport customer vlan
vlan-id
no switchport customer vlan
•
vlan-id
— V
LAN ID of the customer
Default Configuration
No VLAN is configured.
Command Modes
Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel)
console# config
console(config)# interface ethernet g1
console(config-if)# switchport mode customer
356 VLAN Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example sets the port's VLAN when the interface is in customer mode.
Console(config)# interface ethernet g5
Console(config-if)# switchport customer vlan
vlan-id
Web Server 357
Web Server
ip http server
The
ip http server
Global Configuration mode command enables the device to be configured from
a browser. To disable this function use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip http server
no ip http server
Default Configuration
HTTP server is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Only a user with access level 15 can use the web server.
Example
The following example enables the device to be configured from a browser.
ip http port
The
ip http port
Global Configuration mode command specifies the TCP port for use by a web
browser to configure the device. To use the default TCP port, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip http port
port-number
no ip http port
•
port-number
—Port number for use by the HTTP server. (Range: 0 - 65535)
Default Configuration
This default port number is
80
.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Console (enable)# ip http server
358 Web Server
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command. However, specifying 0 as the port number will
effectively disable HTTP access to the device.
Example
The following example shows how the http port number is configured to 100.
ip https server
The
ip https server
Global Configuration mode command enables the device to be configured
from a secured browser. To disable this function, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip https server
no ip https server
Default Configuration
The default for the device is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• You must use the
crypto certificate generate
command to generate the HTTPS certificate.
Example
The following example enables the device to be configured from a browser.
ip https port
The
ip https port
Global Configuration mode command configures a TCP port for use by a secure
web browser to configure the device. To use the default port, use the
no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip https port
port-number
no ip https port
•
port-number
—Port number for use by the HTTP server. (Range: 0 - 65535)
Console (config)# ip http port 100
Console (enable)# ip https server
Web Server 359
Default Configuration
This default port number is 443.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the https port number to 100.
crypto certificate generate
The
crypto certificate generate
Global Configuration mode command generates a HTTPS
certificate.
Syntax
crypto certificate [
number
] generate [key-generate [
length
]] [passphrase
string
] [cn
common-
name
] [ou
organization-unit
] [o
organization
] [l
location
] [st
state
] [c
country
] [duration
days
]
•
number
—Specifies the certificate number. If unspecified, defaults to 1. (Range: 1 - 2)
•
key-generate
—Regenerate SSL RSA key.
•
length
—Specifies the SSL RSA key length. If unspecified, length defaults to 1024.
(Range: 512 - 2048)
•
passphrase
string
—Passphrase that is used for exporting the certificate in PKCS12 file
format. If unspecified the certificate is not exportable. (Range: 8 - 96)
•
cn
common- name
—Specifies the fully qualified URL or IP address of the device. If
unspecified, defaults to the lowest IP address of the device (where the certificate is
generated). (Range: 1 - 64)
•
ou
organization-unit
—Specifies the organization-unit or department name.(Range: 1 -
64)
•
o
organization
—Specifies the organization name. (Range: 1 - 64)
•
l
location
—Specifies the location or city name. (Range: 1 - 64)
•
st
state
—Specifies the state or province name. (Range: 1 - 64)
•
c
country
—Specifies the country name. (Range: 1 - 2)
•
duration
days
—Specifies number of days a certification would be valid. If unspecified
defaults to 365 days. (Range: 30 - 3650)
Console (enable)# ip https port 100
360 Web Server
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
The Certificate and the SSL RSA key pairs do not exist.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The command is not saved in the device configuration; however, the certificate and keys
generated by this command are saved in the private configuration, which is never displayed to
the user or backed up to another device.
• Use this command to generate self-signed certificate for your device.
• When you export an RSA key pair to a PKCS#12 file, the RSA key pair is as secure as the
passphrase. Therefore, keep the passphrase secure.
Example
The following example regenerates a HTTPS certificate.
crypto certificate request
The
crypto certificate request
Privileged EXEC mode command generates and displays certificate
requests for HTTPS.
Syntax
crypto certificate
number
request
common- name
[ou
organization-unit
] [o
organization
] [l
location
] [st
state
] [c
country
]
•
number
—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2)
•
common- name
—Specifies the fully qualified URL or IP address of the device. (Range: 1-
64)
•
ou
organization-unit
—Specifies the organization-unit or department name. (Range: 1-
64)
•
o
organization
—Specifies the organization name. (Range: 1- 64)
•
l
location
—Specifies the location or city name. (Range: 1- 64)
•
st
state
—Specifies the state or province name. (Range: 1- 64)
•
c
country
— Specifies the country name. (Range: 1- 2)
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Console (enable)# crypto certificate generate key-generate
Web Server 361
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• Use this command to export a certificate request to a Certification Authority. The certificate
request is generated in Base64-encoded X.509 format.
• Before generating a certificate request you must first generate a self-signed certificate using
the
crypto certificate generate
Global Configuration mode command.
• After receiving the certificate from the Certification Authority, use the
crypto certificate
import
Global Configuration mode command to import the certificate into the device. This
certificate would replace the self-signed certificate.
Examples
The following example generates and displays a certificate request for HTTPS.
Console# crypto certificate 1 request
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST-----
MIwTCCASoCAQAwYjELMAkGA1UEBhMCUFAxCzAJBgNVBAgTAkNDMQswCQYDVQQH
EwRDEMMAoGA1UEChMDZGxkMQwwCgYDVQQLEwNkbGQxCzAJBgNVBAMTAmxkMRAw
DgKoZIhvcNAQkBFgFsMIGfMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAA4GNADCBiQKBgQC8ecwQ
HdML0831i0fh/F0MV/Kib6Sz5p+3nUUenbfHp/igVPmFM+1nbqTDekb2ymCu6K
aKvEbVLF9F2LmM7VPjDBb9bb4jnxkvwW/wzDLvW2rsy5NPmH1QVl+8Ubx3GyCm
/oW93BSOFwxwEsP58kf+sPYPy+/8wwmoNtDwIDAQABoB8wHQYJKoZIhvcNAQkH
MRDjEyMwgICCAgICAICAgIMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBAUAA4GBAGb8UgIx7rB05m+2
m5ZZPhIwl8ARSPXwhVdJexFjbnmvcacqjPG8pIiRV6LkxryGF2bVU3jKEipcZa
g+uNpyTkDt3ZVU72pjz/fa8TF0n3
-----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST-----
CN= router.gm.com
0= General Motors
C= US
362 Web Server
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
crypto certificate import
The
crypto certificate import
Global Configuration mode command imports a certificate signed
by Certification Authority for HTTPS.
Syntax
crypto certificate number import
• number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2)
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Global configuration mode
User Guidelines
• Use this command to enter an external certificate (signed by Certification Authority) to the
device. To end the session, enter a new line, enter "." (period) and add another new line.
• The imported certificate must be based on a certificate request created by the
crypto
certificate request
Privileged EXEC mode command.
• If the public key found in the certificate does not match the device's SSL RSA key, the
command will fail.
• This command is not saved in the device configuration; however, the certificate imported by
this command is saved in the private configuration (which is never displayed to the user or
backed up to another device).
Web Server 363
Examples
The following example imports a certificate signed by Certification Authority for HTTPS.
ip https certificate
The
ip https certificate
Global Configuration mode command configures the active certificate for
HTTPS. Use the
no
form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
ip https certificate
number
no ip https certificate
•
number
—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2)
Default Configuration
Certificate number 1.
Console(config)# crypto certificate 1 import
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
dHmUgUm9vdCBDZXJ0aWZpZXIwXDANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAANLADBIAkEAp4HS
nnH/xQSGA2ffkRBwU2XIxb7n8VPsTm1xyJ1t11a1GaqchfMqqe0kmfhcoHSWr
yf1FpD0MWOTgDAwIDAQABo4IBojCCAZ4wEwYJKwYBBAGCNxQCBAYeBABDAEEw
CwR0PBAQDAgFGMA8GA1UdEwEB/wQFMAMBAf8wHQYDVR0OBBYEFAf4MT9BRD47
ZvKBAEL9Ggp+6MIIBNgYDVR0fBIIBLTCCASkwgdKggc+ggcyGgclsZGFwOi8v
L0VByb3h5JTIwU29mdHdhcmUlMjBSb290JTIwQ2VydGlmaWVyLENOPXNlcnZl
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
Certificate imported successfully.
Issued to: router.gm.com
Issued by: www.verisign.com
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: DC789788 DC88A988 127897BC BB789788
364 Web Server
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Global configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The
crypto certificate generate
command should be used in order to generate HTTPS
certificates.
Example
The following example configures the active certificate for HTTPS.
crypto certificate export pkcs12
The
crypto certificate export pkcs12
Privileged EXEC mode command, exports the certificate and
the RSA keys within a PKCS12 file.
Syntax
crypto certificate
number
export pkcs12
• number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2)
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• The
crypto certificate export pkcs12
command creates a PKCS 12 file that contains the
certificate and an RSA key pair.
• The passphrase for the exporting is determined when the key is generated.
• The certificate and key pair is exported in standard PEM-format PKCS12 file. This
format can be converted to and from the binary PFX file used by Windows and Linux by
using the openssl command-line tool. See the OpenSSL user manual (man pkcs12) for
more information.
Console (config)# ip https certificate 1
Web Server 365
Example
The following example exports the certificate and RSA keys.
Console# crypto certificate 1 export pkcs12
Bag Attributes
localKeyID: 0C 75 81 77 5A 31 53 D1 FF 4E 26 BE 8D 4A FD 8B 22 9F 45 D4
subject=/C=us/ST= /L= /CN= /O= /OU=
issuer= /C=us/ST= /L= /CN= /O= /OU=
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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-----END CERTIFICATE-----
Bag Attributes
localKeyID: 0C 75 81 77 5A 31 53 D1 FF 4E 26 BE 8D 4A FD 8B 22 9F 45 D4
Key Attributes: <No Attributes>
-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
Proc-Type: 4,ENCRYPTED
DEK-Info: DES-EDE3-CBC,085DCBF3A41D2669
dac0m9jqEp1DM50sIDb8Jq1jxW/1P0kqSxuMhc25OdBE/1fPBg9VSvV1ARaYt16W
bX67UyJ8t7HHF3AowjcWzElQ5GJgSQ0VemsqsRQzjpCTb090rx+cNwVfIvjoedgQ
Mtl5+fKIAcqsfEgEGJNXQ4jEzsXAkwfQLFfgt47O3IpkUn0AxrQzutJDOcC28Uxp
raMVTVSlSkJIvaPuXJxdZ279tDMwZffILBfKCJGACT5V5/4WEqDkrF+uuF9/oxm2
5SVL8TvUmXB/3hX4UoaXtxAhuyOdhh1kyyZSpw9BPPR/8bc/wUYERh7+7JXLKHpd
ueeu3znfIX4dDeti8B3xYvvE8kGZjxFN1cC3zc3JsD0IVu1LkyiAa93P4LPEvAwG
Fw1LqmGiiqw9JM/tzc6kYkZXylFzCrSVf2exP+/tEvM=
-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
366 Web Server
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
crypto certificate import pkcs12
The
crypto certificate import pkcs12
Privileged EXEC mode command, imports the certificate
and the RSA keys within a PKCS12 file.
Syntax
crypto certificate
number
import pkcs12
passphrase
•
number
—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2)
•
passphrase
—Passphrase that is used to encrypt the PKCS12 file for export. (Range: 8 - 96)
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• The passphrase that was exported by the
crypto certificate export pkcs12
command should
be used. Please note that this passphrase would be saved for later exports.
Example
The following example imports the certificate and RSA keys.
Web Server 367
Console# crypto certificate 1 import pkcs12 passphrase
Bag Attributes
localKeyID: 0C 75 81 77 5A 31 53 D1 FF 4E 26 BE 8D 4A FD 8B 22 9F 45 D4
subject=/C=us/ST= /L= /CN= /O= /OU=
issuer= /C=us/ST= /L= /CN= /O= /OU=
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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-----END CERTIFICATE-----
Bag Attributes
localKeyID: 0C 75 81 77 5A 31 53 D1 FF 4E 26 BE 8D 4A FD 8B 22 9F 45 D4
Key Attributes: <No Attributes>
-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
Proc-Type: 4,ENCRYPTED
DEK-Info: DES-EDE3-CBC,085DCBF3A41D2669
dac0m9jqEp1DM50sIDb8Jq1jxW/1P0kqSxuMhc25OdBE/1fPBg9VSvV1ARaYt16W
bX67UyJ8t7HHF3AowjcWzElQ5GJgSQ0VemsqsRQzjpCTb090rx+cNwVfIvjoedgQ
Mtl5+fKIAcqsfEgEGJNXQ4jEzsXAkwfQLFfgt47O3IpkUn0AxrQzutJDOcC28Uxp
raMVTVSlSkJIvaPuXJxdZ279tDMwZffILBfKCJGACT5V5/4WEqDkrF+uuF9/oxm2
5SVL8TvUmXB/3hX4UoaXtxAhuyOdhh1kyyZSpw9BPPR/8bc/wUYERh7+7JXLKHpd
ueeu3znfIX4dDeti8B3xYvvE8kGZjxFN1cC3zc3JsD0IVu1LkyiAa93P4LPEvAwG
Fw1LqmGiiqw9JM/tzc6kYkZXylFzCrSVf2exP+/tEvM=
-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
368 Web Server
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show crypto certificate mycertificate
The
show crypto certificate mycertificate
Privileged EXEC mode command allows you to view the
SSL certificates of your device.
Syntax
show crypto certificate mycertificate [
number
]
• number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1- 2)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the certificate.
Console# show crypto certificate mycertificate 1
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
dHmUgUm9vdCBDZXJ0aWZpZXIwXDANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAANLADBIAkEAp4HS
nnH/xQSGA2ffkRBwU2XIxb7n8VPsTm1xyJ1t11a1GaqchfMqqe0kmfhcoHSWr
yf1FpD0MWOTgDAwIDAQABo4IBojCCAZ4wEwYJKwYBBAGCNxQCBAYeBABDAEEw
CwR0PBAQDAgFGMA8GA1UdEwEB/wQFMAMBAf8wHQYDVR0OBBYEFAf4MT9BRD47
ZvKBAEL9Ggp+6MIIBNgYDVR0fBIIBLTCCASkwgdKggc+ggcyGgclsZGFwOi8v
L0VByb3h5JTIwU29mdHdhcmUlMjBSb290JTIwQ2VydGlmaWVyLENOPXNlcnZl
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
Issued by: www.verisign.com
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: DC789788 DC88A988 127897BC BB789788
Web Server 369
show ip http
The
show ip http
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the HTTP server configuration.
Syntax
show ip http
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the HTTP server configuration.
show ip https
The
show ip http
Privileged EXEC mode command displays the HTTPS server configuration.
Syntax
show ip https
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Console# show ip http
HTTP server enabled. Port: 80
370 Web Server
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays the HTTP server configuration.
Console# show ip https
HTTPS server enabled. Port: 443
Certificate 1 is active
Issued by: www.verisign.com
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: DC789788 DC88A988 127897BC BB789788
Certificate 2 is inactive
Issued by: self-signed
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: 1873B936 88DC3411 BC8932EF 782134BA
802.1x Commands 371
802.1x Commands
aaa authentication dot1x
The
aaa authentication dot1x
Global Configuration mode command specifies one or more
authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) methods for use to authenticate interfaces
running IEEE 802.1X. Use the
no
form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
aaa authentication dot1x default
method1
[
method2
...]
no aaa authentication dot1x default
•
method1
[
method2
...]—At least one from the following table:
Default Configuration
The default behavior of the "aaa authentication" for dot1.x is "failed to authenticate". If the
8021.x calls the AAA for authentication services it will receive a fail status.
Command Mode
Global configuration mode
User Guidelines
• The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an
error, for example the authentication server is down, and not if the request for authenticate is
denied access. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an error,
specify
none
as the final method in the command line.
• The radius server must support MD-5 challenge and EAP type frames.
Examples
The following example uses the
aaa authentication dot1x default
command with no
authentication.
Keyword Description
Radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for
authentication
None Uses no authentication
Console (config)# aaa authentication dot1x default none
372 802.1x Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
dot1x system-auto-control
The
dot1x system-auto-control
Global Configuration mode command enables 802.1x globally. Use
the
no
form of this command to disable 802.1x globally.
Syntax
dot1x system-auto-control
no dot1x system-auto-control
• This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Disabled
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example enables 802.1x globally.
dot1x port-control
The
dot1x port-control
Interface Configuration mode command enables manual control of the
authorization state of the port. Use the
no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
Syntax
dot1x port-control
{
auto
|
force-authorized
|
force-unauthorized
}
no dot1x port-control
•
auto—
Enable 802.1X authentication on the interface and cause the port to transition to
the authorized or unauthorized state based on the 802.1X authentication exchange
between the switch and the client.
•
force-authorized—
Disable 802.1X authentication on the interface and cause the port to
transition to the authorized state without any authentication exchange required. The
port resends and receives normal traffic without 802.1X-based authentication of the
client.
•
force-unauthorized—
Deny all access through this interface by forcing the port to
transition to the unauthorized state, ignoring all attempts by the client to authenticate.
The switch cannot provide authentication services to the client through the interface.
Console (config)# dot1x system-auto-control
802.1x Commands 373
Default Configuration
force-authorized
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet)
User Guidelines
• It is recommended to disable spanning tree or to enable spanning-tree PortFast mode on
802.1x edge ports (ports in auto state that are connected to end stations), in order to get
immediately to the forwarding state after successful authentication.
Examples
The following example enables 802.1X authentication on the interface.
dot1x re-authentication
The
dot1x re-authentication
Interface Configuration mode command enables periodic re-
authentication of the client. Use the
no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
Syntax
dot1x re-authentication
no dot1x re-authentication
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Periodic re-authentication is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet)
User Guidelines
• It is recommended to use re-authentication because if re-authentication is not defined, once
a port is authenticated, it will remain in this state until the port is down or a log-off message is
sent by client.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# dot1x port-control auto
374 802.1x Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Examples
The following example enables periodic re-authentication of the client.
dot1x timeout re-authperiod
The
dot1x timeout re-authperiod
Interface Configuration mode command sets the number of
seconds between re-authentication attempts. Use the
no
form of this command to return to the
default setting.
Syntax
dot1x timeout re-authperiod
seconds
no dot1x timeout re-authperiod
•
seconds—
Number of seconds between re-authentication attempts. (Range: 300 -
4294967295)
Default Configuration
3600
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts, to 3600.
dot1x re-authenticate
The
dot1x re-authenticate
Privileged EXEC mode command manually initiates a re-
authentication of all 802.1X-enabled ports or the specified 802.1X-enabled port.
dot1x re-authenticate
[
ethernet
interface
]
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# dot1x re-authentication
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# dot1x timeout re-authperiod 3600
802.1x Commands 375
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
• The following command manually initiates a re-authentication of the 802.1X-enabled port.
dot1x timeout quiet-period
The
dot1x timeout quiet-period
Interface Configuration mode command sets the number of
seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a failed authentication exchange (for
example, the client provided an invalid password). Use the
no
form of this command to return to
the default setting.
Syntax
dot1x timeout quiet-period
seconds
no dot1x timeout quiet-period
•
seconds—
Time in seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a failed
authentication exchange with the client. (Range: 0 - 65535 seconds)
Default Configuration
60
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet)
User Guidelines
• During the quiet period, the switch does not accept or initiate any authentication requests.
• The default value of this command should only be changed to adjust for unusual
circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients
and authentication servers.
• If it is necessary to provide a faster response time to the user, a smaller number than the
default should be entered.
Console# dot1x re-authenticate ethernet g8
376 802.1x Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Examples
The following example sets the number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state
following a failed authentication exchange, to 3600.
dot1x timeout tx-period
The
dot1x timeout tx-period
Interface Configuration mode command sets the number of seconds
that the switch waits for a response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) -
request/identity frame, from the client, before resending the request. Use the
no
form of this
command to return to the default setting.
Syntax
dot1x timeout tx-period
seconds
no dot1x timeout tx-period
•
seconds—
Time in seconds that the switch should wait for a response to an EAP -
request/identity frame from the client before resending the request. (Range: 1 - 65535
seconds)
Default Configuration
30
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
• You should change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual
circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients
and authentication servers.
Examples
The following command sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an EAP
- request/identity frame, to 3600 seconds.
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# dot1x timeout quiet-period 3600
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# dot1x timeout tx-period 3600
802.1x Commands 377
dot1x max-req
The
dot1x max-req
Interface Configuration mode command sets the maximum number of times
that the switch sends an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) - request/identity frame
(assuming that no response is received) to the client, before restarting the authentication process.
Use the
no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
Syntax
dot1x max-req
count
no dot1x max-req
•
count—
Number of times that the switch sends an EAP - request/identity frame before
restarting the authentication process. (Range: 1 - 10)
Default Configuration
2
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
• You should change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual
circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients
and authentication servers.
Examples
The following example sets the number of times that the switch sends an EAP - request/identity
frame, to 6 .
dot1x timeout supp-timeout
The
dot1x timeout supp-timeout
Interface Configuration mode command sets the time for the
retransmission of an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request frame to the client. Use the
no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
Syntax
dot1x timeout supp-timeout
seconds
no dot1x timeout supp-timeout
•
seconds—
Time in seconds that the switch should wait for a response to an EAP-request
frame from the client before resending the request. (Range: 1 - 65535 seconds)
Console (config)# interface ethernet g8
Console (config-if)# dot1x max-req 6
378 802.1x Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
30
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
• The default value of this command should be changed only to adjust to unusual
circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients
and authentication servers.
Examples
The following example sets the time for the retransmission of an EAP-request frame to the client,
to 3600 seconds.
dot1x timeout server-timeout
The
dot1x timeout server-timeout
Interface Configuration mode command sets the time for the
retransmission of packets to the authentication server. Use the
no
form of this command to return
to the default setting.
Syntax
dot1x timeout server-timeout
seconds
no dot1x timeout server-timeout
•
seconds—
Time in seconds that the switch should wait for a response from the
authentication server before resending the request. (Range: 1 - 65535 seconds)
Default Configuration
30
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
console config-if(Config-VLAN)# dot1x timeout supp-timeout 3600
802.1x Commands 379
Examples
The following example sets the time for the retransmission of packets to the authentication server.,
to 3600 seconds.
show dot1x
The
show dot1x
Privileged EXEC mode command displays 802.1X status for the switch or for the
specified interface.
Syntax
show dot1x
[
ethernet
interface
]
•
interface—
The full syntax is:
port
.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example displays 802.1X status for the switch.
Console (config)# dot1x timeout server-timeout 3600
Console# show dot1x
Interface Admin Mode Oper Mode Reauth
Control
Reauth
Period
Username
--------- ---------- ---------- -------- ------ --------
g1 Auto Authorized Ena 3600 Bob
g2 Auto Authorized Ena 3600 John
g3 Auto Unauthorized Ena 3600 Clark
g4 Force-auth Authorized Dis 3600 n/a
380 802.1x Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Console# show dot1x ethernet g3
Interface Admin Mode Oper Mode Reauth
Control
Reauth
Period
Username
g3 Auto Unauthorize
d
Ena 3600 Clark
State: held
Quiet period: 60
Tx period: 30
Max req: 2
Login Time: n/a
Last Authentication: n/a
MAC Address: 00:08:78:32:98:78
Authentication Method: Remote
Termination Cause: Supplicant logoff
Field Description
Interface The interface number.
Admin mode The admin mode of the port. Possible values are: Force-auth, Force-
unauth, Auto
Oper mode The oper mode of the port. Possible values are: Authorized,
Unauthorized.
Reauth Control Reauthentication control.
Reauth Period Reauthentication period.
Username The User-Name representing the identity of the Supplicant.
State The current value of the Authenticator PAE state machine.
Quiet period The number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state
following a failed authentication exchange (for example, the client
provided an invalid password).
Tx period The number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request/identity frame from
the client before resending the request.
802.1x Commands 381
show dot1x users
The
show dot1x users
Privileged EXEC mode command displays 802.1X users for the switch.
Syntax
show dot1x users
[
username
username
]
•
username—
Supplicant
username (Range: 1- 160 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays 802.1X users.
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Max req The maximum number of times that the switch sends an Extensible
Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request/identity frame (assuming that no
response is received) to the client before restarting the authentication
process.
Login Time How long the user is logged in.
Last Authentication Time since last authentication.
Mac address The supplicant MAC address.
Authentication Method The authentication method used to establish the session.
Termination Cause The reason for the session termination.
console# show dot1x users
Username Session
Time
Last Auth Auth
Method
MAC Address Interface
-------- ----------- --------- -------- -------------- --------
Bob 1d3h 58m Remote 00:08:3b:79:87:87 g1
John 8h19m 2m None 00:08:3b:89:31:27 g2
382 802.1x Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show dot1x statistics
The
show dot1x statistics
Privileged EXEC mode command displays 802.1X statistics for the
specified interface.
Syntax
show dot1x statistics ethernet
interface
•
interface
—The full syntax is:
port
.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
Field Description
Username The User-Name representing the identity of the Supplicant.
Login Time How long the user is logged in.
Last Authentication Time since last authentication.
Authentication Method The authentication method used to establish the session.
Mac address The supplicant MAC address.
Interface The interface that the user is using.
802.1x Commands 383
Examples
The following example displays 802.1X statistics for the specified interface.
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Switch# show dot1x statistics ethernet g1
EapolFramesRx: 11
EapolFramesTx: 12
EapolStartFramesRx: 1
EapolLogoffFramesRx: 1
EapolRespIdFramesRx: 3
EapolRespFramesRx: 6
EapolReqIdFramesTx: 3
EapolReqFramesTx: 6
InvalidEapolFramesRx: 0
EapLengthErrorFramesRx: 0
LastEapolFrameVersion: 1
LastEapolFrameSource: 0008.3b79.8787
Field Description
EapolFramesRx The number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been received
by this Authenticator.
EapolFramesTx The number of EAPOL frames of any type that have been transmitted by
this Authenticator.
EapolStartFramesRx The number of EAPOL Start frames that have been received by this
Authenticator.
EapolLogoffFramesRx The number of EAPOL Logoff frames that have been received by this
Authenticator.
EapolRespIdFramesRx The number of EAP Resp/Id frames that have been received by this
Authenticator.
EapolRespFramesRx The number of valid EAP Response frames (other than Resp/Id frames)
that have been received by this Authenticator.
EapolReqIdFramesTx The number of EAP Req/Id frames that have been transmitted by this
Authenticator.
384 802.1x Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
ADVANCED FEATURES
dot1x auth-not-req
The
dot1x auth-not-req
VLAN Configuration mode command enables unauthorized users access
to that VLAN. Use the
no
form of this command to disable the access.
Syntax
dot1x auth-not-req
no dot1x auth-not-req
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
User should be authorized to access the VLAN.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
• An access port cannot be a member in an unauthenticated VLAN. The native VLAN of a
trunk port cannot be an unauthenticated VLAN. For a general port, the PVID can be the
Unauthenticated VLAN (although only tagged packets would be accepted in Unauthorized
state.)
Examples
The following example enables unauthorized users access to the VLAN.
EapolReqFramesTx The number of EAP Request frames (other than Rq/Id frames) that have
been transmitted by this Authenticator.
InvalidEapolFramesRx The number of EAPOL frames that have been received by this
Authenticator in which the frame type is not recognized.
EapLengthErrorFramesRx The number of EAPOL frames that have been received by this
Authenticator in which the Packet Body Length field is invalid.
LastEapolFrameVersion The protocol version number carried in the most recently received
EAPOL frame.
LastEapolFrameSource The source MAC address carried carried in the most recently received
EAPOL frame.
console config-if(Config-VLAN)# dot1x auth-not-req
802.1x Commands 385
dot1x multiple-hosts
The
dot1x multiple-hosts
Interface Configuration mode command allows multiple hosts (clients)
on an 802.1X-authorized port, that has the
dot1x port-control
Interface Configuration mode
command set to
auto
. Use the
no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
Syntax
dot1x multiple-hosts
no dot1x multiple-hosts
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Default Configuration
Multiple hosts are disabled. If a port would join a port-channel, the state would be multiple
hosts as long as the port is member in the port-channel.
Multiple-hosts must be enabled if the user wants to disable ingress-filtering on this port.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
• This command enables the attachment of multiple clients to a single 802.1X-enabled port. In
this mode, only one of the attached hosts must be successfully authorized for all hosts to be
granted network access. If the port becomes unauthorized, all attached clients are denied
access to the network.
• For unauthenticated VLANs multiple hosts are always enabled.
Examples
The following command allows multiple hosts (clients) on an 802.1X-authorized port.
dot1x single-host-violation
The
dot1x single-host-violation
Interface Configuration mode command configures the action to
be taken, when a station whose MAC address is not the supplicant MAC address, attempts to
access the interface. Use the
no
form of this command to return to default.
Syntax
dot1x single-host-violation
{
forward
|
discard |
discard-shutdown
} [
trap
seconds
]
no port dot1x single-host-violation
console config-if(Config-VLAN)#dot1x multiple-hosts
386 802.1x Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
forward
—Forward frames with source addresses not the supplicant address, but do not
learn the address.
•
discard
—Discard frames with source addresses not the supplicant address.
•
discard-shutdown
—Discard frames with source addresses not the supplicant address.
The port is also shutdown.
•
trap
seconds
—Send SNMP traps, and
specifies the minimum time between consecutive
traps. (Range: 1-
1000000
)
Default Configuration
Discard frames with source addresses not the supplicant address. No traps.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
• The command is relevant when Multiple hosts is disabled and the user has been successfully
authenticated
Examples
The following example uses the forward action to forward frames with source addresses.
show dot1x advanced
The
show dot1x advanced
Privileged EXEC mode command displays 802.1X advanced features for
the switch or for the specified interface.
Syntax
show dot1x advanced
[
ethernet
interface
]
•
interface—
Ethernet interface
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
• There are no user guidelines for this command.
console config-if(Config-VLAN)# dot1x single-host-violation
forward trap 100
802.1x Commands 387
Examples
The following example displays 802.1X advanced features for the switch.
Switch# show dot1x advanced
Unauthenticated VLANs: 91, 92
Port Multiple
Hosts
g1 Disabled
g2 Enabled
Switch# show dot1x advanced ethernet g1
Port Multiple
Hosts
g1 Disabled
Single host parameters
Violation action: Discard
Trap: Enabled
Trap frequency: 100
Status: Single-host locked
Violations since last trap: 9
388 802.1x Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
console# show dot1x advanced ethernet g1
Guest VLAN: 3978
Unauthenticated VLANs: 91, 92
Use user attributes from Authentication Server: Enabled
User VLAN not created: Create
Interface Multiple
Hosts
g1 Disabled
g2 Enabled
Single Host Violation: Discard
Trap: Enabled
Frequency: 100
Status: Authorized (Locked)
Counter: 9

Navigation menu